Mazda 2003 MPV Specifications

2 0 0 3
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
(Part No. 9999-95-029C-03)
2003
8R21
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 1 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
A Word to Mazda Owners
Thank you for choosing a Mazda. We at Mazda design and build vehicles with complete
customer satisfaction in mind.
To help ensure enjoyable and trouble-free operation of your Mazda, read this manual
carefully and follow its recommendations.
An Authorized Mazda Dealer knows your vehicle best. So when maintenance or service is
necessary, that’s the place to go.
Our nationwide network of Mazda professionals is dedicated to providing you with the best
possible service.
We assure you that all of us at Mazda have an ongoing interest in your motoring pleasure
and in your full satisfaction with your Mazda product.
Mazda Motor Corporation
HIROSHIMA, JAPAN
Important Notes About This Manual
Keep this manual in the glove box as a handy reference for the safe and enjoyable use of
your Mazda. Should you resell the vehicle, leave this manual with it for the next owner.
All specifications and descriptions are accurate at the time of printing. Because
improvement is a constant goal at Mazda, we reserve the right to make changes in
specifications at any time without notice and without obligation.
Air Conditioning and the Environment
Your Mazda’s genuine air conditioner is filled with HFC134a (R134a), a refrigerant that
has been found not to damage the earth’s ozone layer. If the air conditioner does not
operate properly, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Please be aware that this manual applies to all models, equipment and options. As a
result, you may find some explanations for equipment not installed on your vehicle.
©2002 Mazda Motor Corporation
Printed in Japan June 2002(Print1)
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 2 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
How to Use This Manual
We want to help you get the most driving
pleasure from your vehicle. Your owner’s
manual, when read from cover to cover,
can do that in many ways.
Illustrations complement the words of the
manual to best explain how to enjoy your
Mazda. By reading your manual, you can
find out about the features, important
safety information, and driving under
various road conditions.
Index: A good place to start is the Index,
an alphabetical listing of all information
in your manual.
You’ll find several WARNINGs,
CAUTIONs, and NOTEs in the manual.
WARNING
A WARNING indicates a situation in
which serious injury or death could
result if the warning is ignored.
CAUTION
A CAUTION indicates a situation in
which bodily injury or damage to your
vehicle, or both, could result if the
caution is ignored.
The above symbol in this manual means
"Do not do this " or "Do not let this
happen".
NOTE
A NOTE provides information and
sometimes suggests how to make
better use of your vehicle.
The above symbol, located on some parts
of the vehicle, indicates that this manual
contains information related to the part.
Please refer to the manual for a detailed
explanation.
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 3 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Table of Contents
Your Vehicle at a Glance
Interior, exterior views and part identification of your Mazda.
Essential Safety Equipment
Use of safety equipment, including seats, seat belt system, SRS air bags and
child-restraint systems.
Knowing Your Mazda
Explanation of basic operations and controls; opening/closing and adjustment
of various parts.
Before Driving Your Mazda
Important information about driving your Mazda.
Driving Your Mazda
Explanation of instruments and controls.
Interior Comfort
Use of various features for drive comfort, including climate control and audio
system.
In Case of an Emergency
Helpful information on what to do in an emergency.
Maintenance and Care
How to keep your Mazda in top condition.
Customer Information
Important consumer information including warranties and add-on equipment.
Specifications
Technical information about your Mazda.
Index
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 4 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 1 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
1
Your Vehicle at a Glance
Interior, exterior views and part identification of your Mazda.
Dashboard Overview .................................................................. 1- 2
Interior Overview ........................................................................ 1- 3
Exterior Overview ....................................................................... 1- 4
1-1
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 2 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Your Vehicle at a Glance
Dashboard Overview
Instrument cluster
Wiper and washer lever
(page 5-19)
(page 5-34)
Lighting control/Turn signals
Shift lever
(page 5-32)
TCS OFF switch
(page 5-16)
Fog light switch
(page 5-34)
Power window switches
(page 3-19)
(page 5-8)
Hazard warning flasher switch
(page 5-37)
Audio system
(page 6-14)
Rear window defroster switch
(page 5-36)
Passenger-side air bag
(page 2-50)
Glove box
(page 6-49)
Lighter
(page 6-44)
Cup holder/Ashtray
Power window
lock switch
(page 3-21)
Hood release handle
(page 3-24)
Power sliding door switch
(page 3-12)
Outside mirror switch
(page 3-31)
Audio control switch
(page 6-38)
Tilt wheel release lever
(page 3-31)
1-2
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
(page 6-46)
Climate control system
(page 6-2)
Front console
(page 6-49)
Cruise control lever
(page 5-13)
Ignition switch
(page 5-2)
Driver-side air bag
(page 2-50)
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 3 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Your Vehicle at a Glance
Interior Overview
Sunvisors
(page 6-41)
Rearview mirror
(page 3-32)
Seat belts
(page 2-26)
Interior light
(page 6-41)
Rear vents
(page 6-10)
Front seats
(page 2-3)
Parking brake
(page 5-5)
Side air bags
(page 2-50)
Third-row seat
(page 2-17)
Rear climate control panel
(page 6-12)
Second-row seat
(page 2-9)
1-3
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 4 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Your Vehicle at a Glance
Exterior Overview
High-mount brake light
(page 8-32)
Rear window defroster
(page 5-36)
Brake lights/Taillights
(page 8-32)
Child safety lock
(page 3-11)
Outside mirrors
(page 3-31)
Rear windshield
wiper blades
(page 8-20)
Liftgate
(page 3-18)
License plate
lights
(page 8-32)
Tires
(page 8-23)
Rear turn signal lights
(page 8-32)
Reverse lights
(page 8-32)
Sunroof
(page 3-25)
Power windows
(page 3-19)
Windshield wiper blades
(page 8-18)
Fuel-filler lid
(page 3-22)
Hood
(page 3-24)
Front fog lights
(page 8-30)
Power sliding doors
(page 3-12)
Doors and keys
(page 3-2)
Front turn signal lights/Side-marker light
(page 8-30)
Parking lights
(page 8-30)
1-4
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
Headlights
(page 8-28)
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 1 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
2
Essential Safety Equipment
Use of safety equipment, including seats, seat belt system, SRS air bags and
child-restraint systems.
Seats .............................................................................................. 2- 2
Seat Arrangements .................................................................. 2- 2
Front Seats ............................................................................... 2- 3
Second-Row Seats ................................................................... 2- 9
Third-Row Seat ....................................................................... 2-17
Flat Folding ............................................................................. 2-24
Seat Belt Systems ......................................................................... 2-26
Seat Belt Precautions ............................................................... 2-26
3-Point Type Seat Belt ............................................................. 2-29
Front Seat Belt Pretensioner and Load Limiting Systems ...... 2-31
2-Point Type Seat Belt ............................................................. 2-33
Seat Belt Extender ................................................................... 2-35
Seat Belt Warning Light .......................................................... 2-36
Seat Belt Warning Beep ........................................................... 2-36
Child Restraint ............................................................................ 2-37
Child Restraint Precautions ..................................................... 2-37
Installing Child-Restraint Systems .......................................... 2-40
LATCH Child-Restraint Systems ............................................ 2-47
SRS Air Bags ............................................................................... 2-50
Supplemental Restraint Systems (SRS) Precautions ............... 2-50
Air Bag System Description .................................................... 2-54
2-1
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 2 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
Seat Arrangements
Road positions (while driving)
Non-road positions (Parking/Camping)
2-2
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 3 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
Front Seats
▼ Seat Slide
(Manually operated seats)
(Manually operated seats)
WARNING
WARNING
Securing the Seats:
Adjustable seats and seatbacks that
are not securely locked are
dangerous. In a sudden stop or
collision, the seat or seatback could
move, causing injury. Make sure the
adjustable components of the seat are
locked in place by attempting to slide
the seat forward and backward and
rocking the seatback.
(Electrically operated seats)
The seat-bottom tilt, seat height, seat
slide, and seat recline can be electrically
adjusted. Move them to the desired
positions by using the switch on the seat’s
lower side.
Driver’s Seat Adjustment:
Adjusting the driver’s seat while the
vehicle is moving is dangerous. The
driver could lose control of the vehicle
and have an accident. Adjust the
driver’s seat only when the vehicle is
stopped.
To move a seat forward or backward, raise
the lever and slide the seat to the desired
position and release the lever.
Lever
CAUTION
• The seat-bottom power adjust is
operated by a motor. Avoid
extended operation because
excessive use can damage the
motor.
• To prevent the battery from running
down, avoid using the power adjust
when the engine is stopped. The
adjuster uses a great amount of
electric power.
Make sure the lever returns to its original
position and the seat is locked in place by
attempting to push it forward and
backward.
• Don’t use the switch to make more
than one adjustment at a time.
2-3
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 4 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
(Electrically operated seats)
To slide the seat, move the slide lifter
switch on the outside of the seat to the
front or back and hold it. Release the
switch at the desired position.
▼ Seat Recline
WARNING
Reclining:
Sitting in a reclined position while the
vehicle is moving is dangerous
because you don’t get the full
protection from seat belts. During
sudden braking or a collision, you
can slide under the lap belt and suffer
serious internal injuries. For
maximum protection, sit well back
and upright.
Unlocked Seatback:
A seatback plays an important role in
your protection in a vehicle. Leaving
the seatback unlocked is dangerous as
it can allow passengers to be ejected
or thrown around and baggage to
strike occupants in a sudden stop or
collision, resulting in severe injury.
After adjusting the seatback at any
time, even when there are no other
passengers, rock the seatback to make
sure it is locked in place.
2-4
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 5 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
(Manually operated seats)
To change the seatback angle, lean
forward slightly while raising the lever.
Then lean back to the desired position and
release the lever.
(Electrically operated seats)
Change the seatback angle by pressing the
front or rear side of the reclining switch.
When the seatback is at the desired angle,
release the switch.
Lever
Make sure the lever returns to its original
position and the seatback is locked in
place by attempting to push it forward and
backward.
CAUTION
When returning a rear-reclined
seatback to its upright position, make
sure you support the seatback while
operating the seatback lever. If the
seatback is not supported, it will flip
forward suddenly and could cause
injury.
2-5
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 6 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
▼ Seat Tilt (Driver’s Seat)
(Electrically operated seats)
(Manually operated seats)
The seat-bottom angle can be adjusted by
rotating the dial.
Front height adjustment
Front of seat bottom
To adjust the front height of the seatbottom, raise or lower the front of the
slide lifter switch on the left side of the
seat.
Up
Down
Dial
Rear of seat bottom
Rear height adjustment
Up
Down
Dial
2-6
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
Raise or lower the back of the switch to
adjust the rear height of the seat-bottom.
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 7 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
Height adjustment
Height adjustment
Raise the seat-bottom by pulling up on the
center of the switch. Release the switch at
the desired position.
To raise a head restraint, pull it up to the
desired position.
To lower the head restraint, press the stopcatch release, then push the head restraint
down.
Lower the seat-bottom by pressing down
on the center of the switch. Release the
switch at the desired position.
▼ Head Restraint
WARNING
Head Restraints Adjustment:
Driving with the head restraints
adjusted too low or removed is
dangerous. With no support behind
your head, your neck could be
seriously injured in a collision.
Always drive with the head restraints
inserted when seats are being used
and make sure they are properly
adjusted.
Stop-catch release
Adjust the head restraint so that the top is
parallel with the top of the passenger’s
ears, never the passenger’s neck.
Removal
To remove the head restraint, press the
stop-catch release, then pull up on the
head restraint.
Stop-catch release
2-7
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 8 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
▼ Front Passenger Seat Side Table
WARNING
Using Seat Side Table While Vehicle
is Moving:
Using the seat side table while the
vehicle is moving is dangerous. Hot
liquids could cause scalding if spilled,
or objects could fall causing injury.
Do not use the seat side table while
the vehicle is moving.
Adjusting Front Passenger Seat
While Seat Side Table is in Use:
Adjusting the front passenger seat
forward or rearward while the seat
side table is in use is dangerous Hot
liquids could cause scalding if spilled,
or objects could fall causing injury.
Do not adjust the front passenger seat
while the seat side table is in use.
The pull-up table on the side of the front
passenger seat is collapsible. The table
can be used when the vehicle is safely
parked.
Pull up the table to use it. After pulling
the table up, push the table downward and
verify that it is locked.
2-8
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
NOTE
The table can be expanded rearward by
pulling out the rear end.
When collapsing the table, pull the lever
under the table. After the table is
collapsed, press the table surface to lock it
in place.
Lever
▼ Armrest
The armrest can be used or placed
upright.
Armrests
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 9 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
WARNING
Positioning the Shoulder Belt Over
the Armrest:
Positioning the shoulder portion of a
front seat belt over the armrest is
dangerous as it cannot provide
adequate protection in a collision and
could result in serious injuries. Never
position the shoulder portion of a
front seat belt over the armrest.
Second-Row Seats
WARNING
Stacking Cargo:
Stacking luggage or other cargo
higher than the seatback is
dangerous. During a sudden stop or
collision, objects can become
projectiles that could hit and injure
passengers. Don’t stack things higher
than the seatback.
Securing Seats:
Adjustable seats and seatbacks that
are not securely latched are
dangerous. In a sudden stop or
collision, the seat or seatback could
move, causing injury. Make sure the
adjustable components of the seat are
locked in place by attempting to slide
the seat forward and backward and
rocking the seatback.
Seat Adjustment:
Adjusting the seat while the vehicle is
moving is dangerous. Sudden braking
or a collision could cause serious
injury. Adjust the seat only when the
vehicle is stopped.
2-9
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 10 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
WARNING
Unlocked Seatback:
A seatback plays an important role in
your protection in a vehicle. Leaving
the seatback unlocked is dangerous as
it can allow passengers to be ejected
or thrown around and baggage to
strike occupants in a sudden stop or
collision, resulting in severe injury.
After adjusting the seatback at any
time, even when there are no other
passengers, rock the seatback to make
sure it is locked in place.
Passenger on the Folded Seatback:
Driving with a passenger on the
folded seatback is dangerous.
Allowing a child to sit up on the
folded seatback while the vehicle is
moving is particularly dangerous.
During sudden braking or even a
minor collision, a child not in a
proper seat or child-restraint system
and seat belt could be thrown
forward, back or even out of the car
resulting in serious injuries or death.
The child or other objects in the
baggage area could be thrown into
other occupants and cause serious
injury. Never allow a passenger to sit
or stand on the folded seatback while
the vehicle is moving.
▼ Seat Slide
To move the seat forward or backward,
raise the lever and slide the seat to the
desired position.
Lever
Make sure the lever returns to its original
position and the seat is locked in place by
attempting to push it forward and
backward.
▼ Side-Sliding Seat (right side)
The second-row seats can be put together
and used as a bench seat. Raise the side
seat-slide lever and slide the seat
sideways.
NOTE
When returning a second-row seat to
its original position, also replace the
seat belt to its normal position. Verify
that the seat belt pulls and retracts.
2-10
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
Side seat-slide lever
Make sure the lever returns to its original
position and the seat is locked in place by
attempting to push it from side to side.
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 11 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
▼ Seat Recline
Make sure the lever returns to its original
position and the seatback is locked in
place by attempting to push it forward and
backward.
WARNING
Reclining:
Sitting in a reclined position while the
vehicle is moving is dangerous
because you don’t get the full
protection from seat belts. During
sudden braking or a collision, you
can slide under the lap belt and suffer
serious internal injuries. For
maximum protection, sit well back
and upright.
Reclining the Second-Row Seatback:
Reclining the second-row seatback
when the third-row seat is occupied is
dangerous. The second-row seatback
may hit and injure the occupants in
the third-row seat. Don’t recline the
second-row seatback when the thirdrow seat is occupied.
To change the seatback angle, lean
forward slightly while raising the lever.
Then lean back to the desired position and
release the lever.
CAUTION
When returning a rear-reclined
seatback to its upright position, make
sure you support the seatback while
operating the seatback lever. If the
seatback is not supported, it will flip
forward suddenly and could cause
injury.
▼ Head Restraint
WARNING
Head Restraints Adjustment:
Driving with the head restraints
adjusted too low or removed is
dangerous. With no support behind
your head, your neck could be
seriously injured in a collision.
Always drive with the head restraints
inserted when seats are being used
and make sure they are properly
adjusted.
Lever
2-11
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 12 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
Height adjustment
▼ Armrest
To raise a head restraint, pull it up to the
desired position.
To lower the head restraint, press the stopcatch release, then push the head restraint
down.
The armrest can be used or placed
upright.
Type A
Armrest
Stop-catch release
Type B
Adjust the head restraint so that the top is
parallel with the top of the passenger’s
ears, never the passenger’s neck.
Removal
To remove the head restraint, press the
stop-catch release, then pull up on the
head restraint.
Stop-catch release
2-12
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
Armrest
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 13 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
▼ Third-Row Seat Access
Access to the third-row seat via the
sliding door
When the second-row seats are together,
move along the path between the sliding
door and the side sliding seat.
▼ Folding the Second-Row Seats
WARNING
Using Folded Seatback as a Table
While the Vehicle is Moving:
Using the folded seatback as a table
while driving is dangerous. During
sudden braking or a collision, objects
placed on the folded seatback could
become projectiles that could hit and
injure someone. Never use the folded
seat as a table while the vehicle is
moving.
The second-row seatbacks can be folded
down and used as tables when the vehicle
is not moving.
When the second-row seats are separated,
pass between them and move to the rear of
the vehicle.
To fold the seatback
1. Put the buckle in the pocket of the seat
bottom.
CAUTION
Lowering the seatback without
stowing the seat belt buckle could
damage the seatback.
2-13
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 14 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
2. Raise the reclining lever and lower the
seatback forward. Make sure the
seatback is locked.
▼ Removal of Second-Row Seats
The second-row seats can be removed to
create a more comfortable space between
the third-row and front seats. Additional
cargo space is available with the removal
of the second-row seats and stowing of the
third-row seat.
WARNING
To return the seatback to the upright
position
Raise the reclining lever and lift the
seatback upright. Attempt to move the
seatback forward and backward to make
sure it is locked.
Seat Removal or Installation While
Vehicle is Moving or on a Slope:
Removing or installing the secondrow seats while the vehicle is moving
or on a slope is dangerous. The seats
are heavier than they appear and
could suddenly detach causing
serious injury. Remove or install the
seats with the vehicle parked on a
level surface.
Riding on The Floor Space:
Riding on the floor space created by
the removal of the second-row seat is
dangerous. Sudden braking or a
collision could cause serious injury.
Do not sit or lie in the floor space for
the second-row seat while the vehicle
is moving. Never ride in a vehicle
where you can’t sit in the seat and
wear the seat belt.
Pinching Fingers or Hands:
Placing your hands around the seat
anchors when removing or installing
the second-row seats is dangerous.
You could pinch your hands or
fingers between the seat anchor and
the seat. Hold the edge of the seat
when lowering it into place. Never
place your hands between the seat
anchor and the seat.
2-14
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 15 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
WARNING
4. Raise the reclining lever and lower the
seatback forward.
Make sure the seatback is locked.
Lifting the Seat-Anchor Bar:
Lifting the seat-anchor bar without
firmly supporting the seat with your
hand is dangerous. Lifting the seat
unlocks the front clamps
automatically and could cause the
seat to fall. Support the seat firmly
while lifting the seat-anchor bar.
To remove the seat
1. Put the buckle in the pocket of the seat
bottom.
5. Work only on one seat at a time to
avoid one seat falling while working on
another.
6. Lift and hold the seat-anchor bar and
raise the entire seat up and forward.
Seat-anchor bar
CAUTION
Lowering the seatback without
stowing the seat belt buckle could
damage the seatback.
2. Lower the head restraint all the way
down.
3. Slide the seat all the way back.
2-15
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 16 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
7. The seat is heavier than it looks,
carefully pull up and detach the seat.
Get assistance to lift it out of the
vehicle.
3. Supporting the seat with your hands,
slowly lower the seat rearwards to lock
it in place.
Clamp
Loops
To install the seat
1. First identify which seat fits which
position by verifying that the seat belt
buckles point to the center (inboard) of
the vehicle.
2. Align the clamps on the front underside
of the seat with the forward loop
anchors on the floor and support the
seat so that it doesn’t fall (the rear
portion of the seat cannot be mounted
first). The clamps on the front of the
seat automatically lock into the floor
loop anchors after lowering the seat.
Clamp
4. Raise the reclining lever and lift the
seatback upright. Attempt to move the
seatback forward and backward to
make sure it is locked.
5. Buckle the seat belts once just to
confirm the seat belt buckles are
inboard which means each seat is on
the correct side of the vehicle.
WARNING
Unsecured Seat:
Driving with the seat unsecured is
dangerous. The seat may become
detached while the vehicle is moving
causing serious injury. After
installing the seat, push it forward
and backward to make sure it is
securely locked.
Loops
CAUTION
Do not move the side seat-slide lever
with the seat removed. The lever could
be damaged resulting in loss of
functionality.
2-16
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 17 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
Third-Row Seat
WARNING
Stacking Cargo:
Stacking luggage or other cargo
higher than the seatback is
dangerous. During a sudden stop or
collision, objects can become
projectiles that could hit and injure
passengers. Don’t stack things higher
than the seatback.
Securing Seats:
Adjustable seats and seatbacks that
are not securely latched are
dangerous. In a sudden stop or
collision, the seat or seatback could
move, causing injury. Make sure the
adjustable components of the seat are
locked in place by attempting to rock
the seatback.
Unlocked Seatback:
A seatback plays an important role in
your protection in a vehicle. Leaving
the seatback unlocked is dangerous as
it can allow passengers to be ejected
or thrown around and baggage to
strike occupants in a sudden stop or
collision, resulting in severe injury.
After adjusting the seatback at any
time, even when there are no other
passengers, rock the seatback to make
sure it is locked in place.
NOTE
When returning a third-row seat to its
original position, also replace the seat
belt to its normal position. Verify that
the seat belt pulls and retracts.
▼ Seat Recline
WARNING
Reclining:
Sitting in a reclined position while the
vehicle is moving is dangerous
because you don’t get the full
protection from seat belts. During
sudden braking or a collision, you
can slide under the lap belt and suffer
serious internal injuries. For
maximum protection, sit well back
and upright.
To change seatback angle, lean forward
slightly while pulling the flat-folding
strap. Then lean back to the desired
position and release the strap. Make sure
the seat is securely latched.
Flat-folding strap
2-17
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 18 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
▼ Head Restraint
Removal
WARNING
Head Restraints Adjustment:
Driving with the head restraints
adjusted too low or removed is
dangerous. With no support behind
your head, your neck could be
seriously injured in a collision.
Always drive with the head restraints
inserted when seats are being used
and make sure they are properly
adjusted.
To remove the head restraint, press the
stop-catch release, then pull up on the
head restraint.
Stop-catch release
Height adjustment
To raise a head restraint, pull it up to the
desired position.
To lower the head restraint, press the stopcatch release, then push the head restraint
down.
Stop-catch release
▼ Folding the Third-Row Seat
WARNING
Riding on Folded Flat Third-Row
Seat:
Riding on the third-row seat when it’s
folded is dangerous. During sudden
braking or a collision, passenger’s
could be thrown around inside the
vehicle and seriously injured. Always
ride with the third-row seat in the
forward-facing, upright position and
seat belt securely fastened.
1. Remove the head restraints from the
third-row seat (page 2-18).
Adjust the head restraint so that the top is
parallel with the top of the passenger’s
ears, never the passenger’s neck.
2-18
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 19 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
2. Pull the third-row seat’s flat-folding
strap and push the seatback down until
it locks.
Flat-folding strap
▼ Stowing the Third-Row Seat
More storage space can be created by
folding away the third-row seat into the
rear seat well. With the second-row seats
removed and the third-row seat stowed,
even more space is available.
WARNING
Riding in the Seat Well:
Riding in the seat well for the thirdrow seat is dangerous. Sudden
braking or a collision could cause
serious injury. Do not sit on lie in the
seat well while the vehicle is moving.
Never ride in a vehicle where you
can’t sit in the seat and wear the seat
belt.
Pinching Fingers or Hands:
Placing your hands around the seat
stowage well when stowing the thirdrow seat is dangerous. You could
pinch your hands or fingers between
the seat and the well. Hold the handle
when lowering the seat into place.
Never place your hands between the
seat and the seat well.
Unlocked Seatback:
An unlocked seatback is dangerous.
While stowing the seat, the seatback
could suddenly move causing serious
injury. Push the seatback forward and
backward to make sure it is locked in
place.
NOTE
Remove any items from the seat well
for the third-row seat before stowing
the seat. Anything in the baggage area
when the seat is set into the well can
damage the seatback material and
prevent a flat cargo area.
2-19
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 20 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
Stowing the third-row seat
1. Insert the seat belts in the retainers.
4. Pull strap B and lift the combined
seatback and seat bottom up to vertical
with your other hand. Gently set the
seat the remainder of the way down
into the seat well.
Retainer
Strap B
2. Remove the head restraint and set them
aside temporarily (page 2-18).
3. Pull strap A and ease the seatback
toward the front of the vehicle with
your other hand and be sure it locks
with a click.
5. Insert the head restraints between the
floor and seat at the positions indicated
on the labels.
Strap A
Labels
2-20
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 21 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
Raising the third-row seat upright for
road use
1. Clear the entire cargo floor.
5. Pull strap A and raise the seatback
upright. Attempt to move the seatback
forward and backward to make sure it
is locked.
2. Remove the head restraints.
Strap A
6. Insert the head restraints.
3. Carefully reverse the procedures used
to lower the seat into the seat well. Use
the handle and ease the combined
seatback and seat bottom up to vertical.
7. Place the seat belt buckles face up.
4. Carefully lower the seat forward and
make sure it’s latched to the floor.
Handle
2-21
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 22 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
▼ Third-Row Seat and Open
Liftgate Position
WARNING
Rear Facing Third-Row Seat and a
Moving Vehicle:
Driving with the third-row seat facing
rearward is dangerous because the
liftgate cannot be securely closed.
During sudden braking or a collision,
passengers could be thrown out of the
vehicle resulting in serious injury or
death. Place the third-row seat in the
forward-facing position with the
seatback upright before driving the
vehicle.
Support Bar:
Sitting in the rear-facing, third-row
seat position without installing the
support bar is dangerous. Without the
support of the bar, the seatback could
collapse resulting in injury.
Always install the support bar before
sitting in the rear-facing, third-row
seat position.
Third-Row Seat and the Flat-Folding
Strap:
Pulling the flat-folding strap with the
third-row seat facing rearward is
dangerous. The seatback will collapse
into the seat bottom and could result
in injury. Do not pull the flat-folding
strap with the third-row seat facing
rearward.
2-22
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
NOTE
• Adjust the seatback to the upright
position when the third-row seat is
facing rearward.
• Remove cargo from the seat well
area before placing the third-row
seat in the rear-facing position.
To put the third-row seat in the rear
facing position:
1. Open the liftgate.
2. Clear away all cargo from the seat well.
3. Remove the head restraints.
4. Pull strap B while supporting the
seatback with the other hand and
carefully ease the seatback rearward
and into the seat well.
Strap B
5. Go inside the vehicle and to the rear.
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 23 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
6. Remove the support bar from the
pocket.
8. Pull the seatback towards the front of
the vehicle until the opposite end of the
support bar hooks onto the anchor loop
in the side trim. Attempt to push the
seatback towards the rear (liftgate) to
make sure the support bar is securely
latched.
Support bar
Pocket
7. Set the hook on the support bar in the
rear of the seatback.
To return the third-row seat to the road
position (forward facing)
1. Detach the support bar by following
the reverse procedure for installation.
2. From inside the vehicle, carefully
lower the seat towards the front until it
locks in place. Attempt to move the
seat forward and backward to make
sure it’s securely locked in place.
3. Reinsert the head restraints.
2-23
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 24 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
4. Place the seat belt buckles face up.
Flat Folding
The second-row and front seats can be
folded down for use as beds when the
vehicle is safely parked.
WARNING
Folded-Flat Seats:
Sitting or lying on seats folded flat is
a dangerous way to ride. During
sudden braking or a collision you
could be thrown around inside the
vehicle and seriously injured. Don’t
ride on seatbacks folded flat.
▼ To Fold the Seats Flat
1. Pull the seat slide levers and slide the
second-row seats all the way back
(page 2-10).
2. Raise the recline levers and fold down
the second-row seatbacks rearward
until they lock (page 2-11).
3. Remove the head restraints from the
front seats (page 2-7).
4. Pull the seat slide levers and slide the
front seats all the way forward
(page 2-3).
2-24
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 25 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
5. Raise the recline levers and fold down
the front seatbacks rearward until they
lock (page 2-4).
To return the seats to their road positions,
reverse the procedures for folding the
second-row and front seats flat.
2-25
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 26 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
Seat Belt Precautions
Seat belts help to decrease the possibility of severe injury during accidents and sudden
stops. Mazda recommends that the driver and all passengers always wear seat belts.
All of the outboard seat belt retractors are designed to keep the lap/shoulder belts out of the
way when not in use.
The driver’s seat belt has no provisions for child-restraint systems and has only an
emergency locking mode. The driver may wear it comfortably, and it will lock during a
collision.
However, the front passenger’s seat and rear outboard lap/shoulder belt retractors operate in
two modes: emergency locking mode, and for child-restraint systems, automatic locking mode.
The third-row center seat positions have a lap belt with manual adjustment.
WARNING
Not Wearing Seat Belts:
Not wearing a seat belt is extremely dangerous. During a collision, occupants not
wearing seat belts could hit someone or things inside the vehicle or even be thrown
out of the vehicle. They could be seriously injured or even killed. In the same
collision, occupants wearing seat belts would be much safer. Always wear your seat
belt and make sure all occupants are properly restrained.
Seat Belt Damaged During an Accident:
Using a damaged seat belt is dangerous. An accident could damage the belt webbing
of the seat belt in use. A damaged seat belt cannot provide adequate protection in a
collision. Have an Authorized Mazda Dealer inspect all seat belt systems in use during
an accident before they are used again.
Twisted Seat Belts:
Twisted seat belts are dangerous. In a collision, the full width of the belt isn’t available
to absorb the impact. This puts more force on the bones beneath the belt, which could
break them or cause other serious injury or death. Don’t wear twisted seat belts.
One Belt, One Passenger:
Using one seat belt for more than one person at a time is dangerous. A seat belt used
in this way can’t spread the impact forces properly and the two passengers could be
crushed together and seriously injured or even killed. Never use one belt for more
than one person at a time.
2-26
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 27 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
CAUTION
Belt retraction may become difficult if the belts and rings are soiled, so try to keep them
clean.
Ring
▼ Pregnant Women and Persons with Serious Medical Conditions
Pregnant women should wear seat belts. Ask your doctor for specific recommendations.
The lap belt should be worn SNUGLY AND AS LOW AS POSSIBLE OVER THE HIPS.
The shoulder belt should be worn across your shoulder properly, but never across the
stomach area.
Persons with serious medical conditions also should wear seat belts. Check with your
doctor for any special instructions regarding specific medical conditions.
▼ Emergency Locking Mode
If the belt has fully retracted, it will always be in the emergency locking mode until you
move it into automatic locking mode by pulling the belt all the way out to its full length. In
the emergency locking mode, the belt remains comfortable on the occupant and the
retractor will lock in position during a collision.
If the belt feels tight and hinders comfortable movement while the vehicle is stopped or in
motion, you may be in the automatic locking mode because you have pulled the belt too far
out. To return to the more comfortable emergency locking mode, wait until you can stop
the vehicle in a safe area, retract the belt fully to convert it back to emergency locking
mode and then again extend it around you.
2-27
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 28 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
▼ Automatic Locking Mode
Always use the automatic locking mode to keep the child-restraint system from shifting to
an unsafe position in the event of an accident. To get the seat belt into the automatic
locking mode, pull it all the way out and connect it as instructed on the child-restraint
system. It will retract down to the child-restraint system and stay locked on it. See the
section on child restraint (page 2-37).
2-28
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 29 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
3-Point Type Seat Belt
▼ Fastening the Seat Belts
1. Grasp the buckle and tongue.
2. Slowly pull out the lap/shoulder belt.
Belt
Tongue
WARNING
Positioning the Shoulder Portion of
the Seat Belt:
Improper positioning of the shoulder
portion of the seat belt is dangerous.
An improperly positioned belt will
provide little or no protection in a
collision. Always make sure the
shoulder portion of the seat belt is
positioned across your shoulder and
near your neck, but never under your
arm, on your neck, or on your upper
arm.
4. Make sure the shoulder belt is snugly
fitted against your body.
3. Insert the tongue into the buckle until
you hear a click.
Take up slack
Tongue
Keep low on
hip bone
Too high
Buckle
WARNING
Positioning the Lap Portion of the
Seat Belt:
The lap portion of the seat belt worn
too high is dangerous. In a collision,
this would concentrate the impact
force directly on the abdominal area,
causing serious injury. Wear the lap
portion of the belt snugly and as low
as possible.
2-29
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 30 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
▼ Unfastening the Seat Belts
▼ Shoulder Belt Adjuster
Depress the button on the buckle.
Adjust the height of the shoulder belt if
the seat belt touches your neck, or if it
crosses your arm instead of your shoulder.
To raise the shoulder belt adjuster, push
the adjuster up. To lower the shoulder belt
adjuster, push the button and slide it
down. Make sure the adjuster is locked.
Sholder belt
adjuster
NOTE
If a belt does not fully retract, inspect it
for kinks and twists.
To secure the outboard-rear seat belts
when not in use, insert the belts in their
seat belt retainers.
Retainer
2-30
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
WARNING
Positioning the Shoulder Portion of
the Seat Belt:
Improper positioning of the shoulder
portion of the seat belt is dangerous.
An improperly positioned belt will
provide little or no protection in a
collision. Always make sure the
shoulder portion of the seat belt is
positioned across your shoulder and
near your neck, but never under your
arm, on your neck, or on your upper
arm.
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 31 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
Front Seat Belt
Pretensioner and Load
Limiting Systems
For optimum protection, the driver and
front passenger seat belts are equipped
with pretensioner and load limiting
systems.
In moderate or greater frontal or nearfrontal accidents, the front air bag and
pretensioner systems deploy
simultaneously. The pretensioners take up
slack in the front seat belts as the air bags
are expanding. The load limiting system
releases belt webbing in a controlled
manner to reduce belt force on the
occupant’s chest.
WARNING
Incorrect Positioning of the Driver
and Front Passenger Seat Belts:
Incorrect positioning of the driver
and passenger seat belts is dangerous.
Without proper positioning, the
pretensioner and load limiting
systems cannot provide adequate
protection in an accident and this
could result in serious injury. Wear
seat belts only as recommended in
this owner’s manual.
Expended Seat Belt Pretensioners:
Use of front seat belts with the
pretensioner system expended is
dangerous.
The seat belt pretensioners will only
function once. After they are
expended, they will not work again
and must be replaced immediately,
even if there was no front seat
occupant seated at the time.
If the seat belt pretensioners are not
replaced, the risk of injury in a
collision will increase.
Always have an Authorized Mazda
Dealer inspect and replace the seat
belt pretensioners after a collision.
2-31
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 32 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
WARNING
Modification or Testing of the
Pretensioner System:
Modifying the components or wiring
of the pretensioner system, including
the use of electronic testing devices is
dangerous. You could accidentally
activate it or make it inoperable which
would prevent it from activating in an
accident. The occupants could be
seriously injured. Never modify the
components or wiring, or use
electronic testing devices on the
pretensioner system.
Pretensioner System Disposal:
Improper disposal of the pretensioner
system or a vehicle with nondeactivated pretensioners is
dangerous. Unless all safety
procedures are followed, injury could
result. Ask an Authorized Mazda
Dealer how to safely dispose of the
pretensioner system or how to scrap a
pretensioner-equipped vehicle.
NOTE
• The pretensioner system will only
activate in a moderate or greater
frontal or near-frontal collision. It
will not activate in side or rear
impacts.
• Some smoke (non-toxic gas) will be
released when the air bags and
pretensioners deploy. This does not
indicate a fire. This gas normally
has no effect on occupants,
however, those with sensitive skin
may experience light skin irritation.
If residue from the deployment of
the air bags or the front pretensioner
system gets on the skin or in the
eyes, wash it off as soon as possible.
▼ Air Bag/Front Seat Belt
Pretensioner Systems Warning
Light
If the air bag/front seat belt pretensioner
system is OK, the warning light comes on
when the ignition switch is turned to the
ON position or after the engine is cranked.
After about 6 seconds it goes out.
A system malfunction is indicated when
the warning light constantly flashes, stays
on or doesn’t come on at all. If any of
these occur, consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer as soon as possible. The system
may not work in an accident.
2-32
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 33 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
WARNING
Self-Servicing the Air Bag/
Pretensioner Systems:
Self-servicing or tampering with the
systems is dangerous. An air bag/
pretensioner could accidentally
activate or become disabled. This
could cause serious injuries. Never
tamper with the systems and always
have an Authorized Mazda Dealer
perform all servicing and repairs.
2-Point Type Seat Belt
▼ Fastening the Seat Belt
1. Pull the tongue to the desired length.
2. Insert it into the buckle until you hear a
click.
Tongue
Buckle
3. Adjust the belt length.
• To lengthen the belt, hold the tongue
at a right angle to the webbing and
pull.
Lengthen
2-33
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 34 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Essential Safety Equipment
• To shorten, pull the loose end of the
webbing.
Shorten
4. Make sure the lap belt is snugly fitted
against your body.
WARNING
Wearing the Lap Belt:
A lap belt worn too high is dangerous.
In a collision, this would concentrate
the impact force directly on the
abdominal area, causing serious
injury. Wear the lap belt snugly and
as low as possible.
2-34
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
▼ Unfastening the Seat Belt
Depress the button on the buckle.
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 35 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
Seat Belt Extender
If your seat belt is not long enough, even
when fully extended, a seat belt extender
may be available to you at no charge from
your Authorized Mazda Dealer.
This extender will be only for you and for
the particular vehicle and seat. Even if it
plugs into other seat belts, it may not hold
in the critical moment of a crash.
When ordering an extender, only order
one that provides the necessary additional
length to fasten the seat belt properly.
Please contact your Authorized Mazda
Dealer for more information.
WARNING
Unnecessary Use of an Extender:
Using a seat belt extender when not
necessary is dangerous. The seat belt
will be too long and not fit properly.
In an accident, the seat belt will not
provide adequate protection and you
could be seriously injured. Only use
the extender when it is required to
fasten the seat belt properly.
Using an Improper Extender:
Using a seat belt extender that is for
another person or a different vehicle
or seat is dangerous. The seat belt will
not provide adequate protection and
the user could be seriously injured in
an accident. Only use the extender
provided for you and for the
particular vehicle and seat. NEVER
use the extender in a different vehicle
or seat.
Using an Extender That is Too Long:
Using an extender that is too long is
dangerous. The seat belt will not fit
properly. In an accident, the seat belt
will not provide adequate protection
and you could be seriously injured.
Don’t use the extender or choose one
shorter in length if the distance
between the extender’s buckle and the
center of the user’s body is less than
15cm (6 in).
2-35
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 36 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
Seat Belt Warning Light
Seat Belt Warning Beep
If the driver’s seat belt is not fastened
when the ignition switch is turned to the
ON position, a beep will sound for about
6 seconds.
If the driver’s seat belt is not fastened
when the ignition switch is turned to the
ON position, the seat belt warning light
will remain on until the belt is fastened.
If the system does not operate correctly,
consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
2-36
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 37 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
Child Restraint Precautions
Mazda strongly urges the use of child-restraint systems for children small enough to use
them.
You are required by law to use a child-restraint system for children in the U.S. and Canada.
Check your local and state or provincial laws for specific requirements regarding the safety
of children riding in your vehicle.
Whatever child-restraint system you consider, please pick the appropriate one for the age
and size of the child, obey the law and follow the instructions that come with the individual
child-restraint system.
A child who has outgrown child-restraint systems should sit in the rear and use seat belts,
both lap and shoulder. If the shoulder belt crosses the neck or face, move the child closer to
the center of the vehicle.
Statistics confirm that the rear seats are the best place for all children up to 12 years of agethe more so with a supplemental restraint system (air bags).
A rear-facing child-restraint system should NEVER be used in the front seat because it
would be too close to the air bag. The front passenger’s seat is also the least preferred seat
for other child-restraint systems.
WARNING
Proper Size of Child-Restraint System:
For effective protection in vehicle accidents and sudden stops, a child must be
properly restrained using a seat belt or child-restraint system depending on age and
size. If not, the child could be seriously injured or even killed in an accident.
Follow the Manufacturer’s Instructions and Always Keep the Child-Restraint System
Buckled Down:
An unsecured child-restraint system is dangerous. In a sudden stop or a collision it
could move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants. Make sure
the child-restraint system is properly secured in place according to the child-restraint
system manufacturer’s instructions. When not in use, remove it from the vehicle or
fasten it with a seat belt, or latch it down to BOTH LATCH lower anchors for LATCH
child-restraint systems.
2-37
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 38 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
WARNING
Holding a Child While the Vehicle is Moving:
Holding a child in your arms while the vehicle is moving is extremely dangerous. No
matter how strong the person may be, he or she cannot hold onto a child in a sudden
stop or collision and it could result in serious injury or death to the child or other
occupants. Even in a moderate accident, the child may be exposed to air bag forces
that could result in serious injury or death to the child, or the child may be slammed
into the adult, injuring the adult. Always secure a child in a proper child-restraint
system.
Rear-Facing Child-Restraint System:
Rear-facing child-restraint systems on the front seat are particularly dangerous.
The child-restraint system can be hit by a deploying air bag and moved violently
backward resulting in serious injury or death to the child. NEVER use a rear-facing
child-restraint system in the front seat with an air bag that could deploy.
Deploying air bag
Children and Seating Position with Side Air Bag:
Allowing anyone to lean over or against the front door is dangerous. If the vehicle is
equipped with side air bags, the impact of an inflating side air bag could cause serious
injury or death to the person. Children are more likely to sleep in the vehicle; when
they do, they are more at risk in the front passenger’s seat that has a side air bag
because they may slump over into the path of the seatback-mounted air bag.
Furthermore, leaning over or against the doors could block the side air bag and
eliminate the advantages of supplemental protection. With the front air bag and the
additional side air bag that comes out of the front seat, the rear seat is always a better
location for children who are prone to sleeping. If a child can’t be seated in the rear,
do not allow the child to lean over or against the front door, even if the child is seated
in a child-restraint system.
One Belt, One Passenger:
Using one seat belt for more than one person at a time is dangerous. A seat belt used
in this way can’t spread the impact forces properly and the two passengers could be
crushed together and seriously injured or even killed. Never use one belt for more
than one person at a time.
2-38
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 39 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
CAUTION
A seat belt or child-restraint system can become very hot in a closed vehicle during
warm weather. To avoid burning yourself or a child, check them before you or your child
touches them.
NOTE
Your Mazda is equipped with LATCH lower anchors for attachment of specially
designed LATCH child-restraint systems in the rear seats. When using these anchors to
secure a child-restraint system, refer to "LATCH Child-Restraint Systems" (page 2-47).
2-39
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 40 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
Installing Child-Restraint
Systems
Accident statistics reveal that a child is
safer in the rear seats. The front
passenger’s seat is clearly the worst
choice for any child under 12, and with
rear-facing child-restraint systems it is
clearly unsafe due to air bags.
▼ Second-Row Seats ChildRestraint System Installation
Follow these instructions when using a
child-restraint system, unless you are
attaching a LATCH-equipped childrestraint system to the rear LATCH lower
anchors. Refer to "LATCH ChildRestraint Systems" (page 2-47).
NOTE
Some child-restraint systems now come
with tethers and therefore must be
installed on the seats that take tethers to
be effective. In your Mazda, tethered
child-restraint systems can only be
accommodated in the three positions on
the rear seats.
Some child-restraint systems also employ
specially designed LATCH attachments;
refer to "LATCH Child-Restraint
Systems" (page 2-47).
WARNING
Tethered Child-Restraint Systems
Work Only on Tether-Equipped Rear
Seats:
Installation of a tether equipped
child-restraint system in the front
passenger’s seat or the third-row
outboard seats defeats the safety
design of the system and will result in
an increased chance of serious injury
if the child-restraint system goes
forward without benefit of being
tethered.
Place tether equipped child-restraint
systems where there are tether
anchors.
2-40
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
Follow the child-restraint system
manufacturer’s instructions carefully.
If you are not sure whether you have a
LATCH system or tether, check in the
child-restraint system manufacturer’s
instructions and follow them
accordingly. Depending on the type of
child-restraint system, it may not
employ seat belts which are in
automatic locking mode.
1. If the seat in which you install a childrestraint system has a seat slide
function, slide the seat as far back as
possible.
2. Secure the child-restraint system with
the lap portion of the lap/shoulder belt.
See the instructions on the childrestraint system for belt routing
instructions.
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 41 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
3. To get the retractor into the automatic
locking mode, pull the shoulder belt
portion of the seat belt until the entire
length of the belt is out of the retractor.
NOTE
Inspect this function before each use of
the child-restraint system. You should
not be able to pull the shoulder belt out
of the retractor while the system is in
the automatic locking mode. When
you remove the child-restraint system,
be sure the belt fully retracts to return
the system to emergency locking mode
before occupants use the seat belts.
5. If your child-restraint system requires
the use of a tether strap, hook and
tighten the tether strap by following the
manufacturer’s instructions.
4. Push the child-restraint system firmly
into the vehicle seat. Be sure the belt
retracts as snugly as possible. Adjust
the angle of the seat belt buckle so that
the belt is not loose. Clicking from the
retractor will be heard during retraction
if the system is in the automatic
locking mode. If the belt does not lock
the seat down tight, repeat this step.
Anchor bracket
location
Tether strap position
Tether strap
Anchor
bracket
2-41
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 42 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
WARNING
Child-Restraint Tether Usage:
Using the tether to secure anything
but a child-restraint system is
dangerous. This could weaken or
damage the tether or tether anchor
and result in injury. Use the tether
and tether anchor only for a childrestraint system.
Incorrect Positioning of the Tether
Strap:
Positioning the tether strap on top of
the head restraint is dangerous. In a
collision, the head restraint could
bend or break. This will cause the
strap to loosen. The child-restraint
system could move and injure the
child or someone else. Always
position the tether strap between the
head restraint and the seatback.
2. If your child-restraint system requires
the use of a tether strap, peel back the
carpeting in the rear luggage
compartment to expose the anchor
bracket (above the marking).
Anchor bracket
location
Marking
3. Hook the tether strap by following the
child-restraint system manufacturer’s
instructions.
Tether strap position
Tether
strap
▼ Third-Row Center Seat ChildRestraint System Installation
In the third-row seat, tether equipped
child-restraint systems belong only in the
center seat where there is a tether anchor
available.
Follow these instructions when using a
child-restraint system.
1. Secure the child-restraint system with a
lap belt. Adjust for a snug fit by pulling
on the loose end of the belt webbing.
2-42
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
Anchor
bracket
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 43 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
WARNING
Child-Restraint Tether Usage:
Using the tether to secure anything
but a child-restraint system is
dangerous. This could weaken or
damage the tether or tether anchor
and result in injury. Use the tether
and tether anchor only for a childrestraint system.
2. To get the retractor into the automatic
locking mode, pull the shoulder belt
portion of the seat belt until the entire
length of the belt is out of the retractor.
▼ Third-Row Outboard Seats
Child-Restraint System
Installation
Follow these instructions when using a
child-restraint system.
NOTE
Follow the child-restraint system
manufacturer’s instructions carefully.
Depending on the type of childrestraint system, it may not employ
seat belts which are in automatic
locking mode.
3. Push the child-restraint system firmly
into the vehicle seat. Be sure the belt
retracts as snugly as possible. Clicking
from the retractor will be heard during
retraction if the system is in the
automatic locking mode. If the belt
does not lock the seat down tight,
repeat this step.
1. Secure the child-restraint system with
the lap portion of the lap/shoulder belt.
See the instructions on the childrestraint system for belt routing
instructions.
2-43
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 44 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
NOTE
NOTE
Inspect this function before each use of
the child-restraint system. You should
not be able to pull the shoulder belt out
of the retractor while the system is in
the automatic locking mode. When
you remove the child-restraint system,
be sure the belt fully retracts to return
the system to emergency locking mode
before occupants use the seat belts.
To check if your Mazda front seats
have side air bags:
Every Mazda side air bag will have a
"SRS-Air Bag" label on the outboard
shoulder of the front seats.
▼ If You Must Use the Front Seat
for Children
If you cannot put all children in the rear
seats, at least put the smallest in the rear
and be sure the largest child up front uses
the shoulder belt over the shoulder.
Do not put rear-facing child-restraint
systems on the front passenger’s seat.
This seat is also not set up for tethered
child-restraint systems, put them in one of
the three rear seat positions set up with
tether anchors.
Likewise the LATCH child-restraint
system cannot be secured in the front
passenger’s seat and should be used in the
second-row seats.
Don’t allow anyone to sleep against the
right front door if you have an optional
side air bag, it could cause serious injuries
to an out of position occupant. As
children more often sleep in cars, it is
better to put them in the rear seat. If
installing the child-restraint system on the
front seat is unavoidable, follow these
instructions when using a front-facing
child-restraint system in the front
passenger’s seat.
2-44
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
WARNING
Front Passenger’s Seat Position:
As your vehicle has front air bags and
doubly so because your vehicle has
side air bags, a front-facing childrestraint system should be put on the
front seat only when it is unavoidable.
Always move the seat as far back as
possible, because the force of a
deploying air bag could cause serious
injury or death to the child.
Rear-Facing Child-Restraint System:
Rear-facing child-restraint systems
on the front seat are particularly
dangerous.
The child-restraint system can be hit
by a deploying air bag and moved
violently backward resulting in
serious injury or death to the child.
NEVER use a rear-facing childrestraint system in the front seat with
an air bag that could deploy.
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 45 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
WARNING
Children and Seating Position with
Side Air Bag:
Allowing anyone to lean over or
against the front door is dangerous. If
the vehicle is equipped with side air
bags, the impact of an inflating side
air bag could cause serious injury or
death to the person. Children are
more likely to sleep in the vehicle;
when they do, they are more at risk in
the front passenger’s seat that has a
side air bag because they may slump
over into the path of the seatbackmounted air bag. Furthermore,
leaning over or against the doors
could block the side air bag and
eliminate the advantages of
supplemental protection. With the
front air bag and the additional side
air bag that comes out of the front
seat, the rear seat is always a better
location for children who are prone to
sleeping. If a child can’t be seated in
the rear, do not allow the child to lean
over or against the front door, even if
the child is seated in a child-restraint
system.
▼ Front Passenger’s Seat ChildRestraint System Installation
1. Slide the seat as far back as possible.
2. Secure the child-restraint system with
the lap portion of the lap/shoulder belt.
See the instructions on the childrestraint system for belt routing
instructions.
3. To get the retractor into the automatic
locking mode, pull the shoulder belt
portion of the seat belt until the entire
length of the belt is out of the retractor.
4. Push the child-restraint system firmly
into the vehicle seat. Be sure the belt
retracts as snugly as possible. Clicking
from the retractor will be heard during
retraction if the system is in automatic
locking mode. If the belt does not lock
the seat down tight, repeat this step.
2-45
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 46 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
NOTE
• Inspect this function before each
use of the child-restraint system.
You should not be able to pull the
shoulder belt out of the retractor
while the system is in the automatic
locking mode. When you remove
the child-restraint system, be sure
the belt fully retracts to return the
system to emergency locking mode
before occupants use the seat belts.
• Follow the child-restraint system
manufacturer’s instruction carefully.
Depending on the type of childrestraint system, it may not employ
seat belts which are in automatic
locking mode.
2-46
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 47 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
LATCH Child-Restraint Systems
Your Mazda is equipped with LATCH lower anchors for attachment of specially designed
LATCH child-restraint systems in the second-row seats. Both anchors must be used,
otherwise the seat will bounce around and put the child in danger. Some LATCH childrestraint systems must also be used in conjunction with a tether to be effective. If they have
a tether you must use it to better assure your child’s safety.
WARNING
Manufacturer’s Instructions for Child-Restraint System:
An unsecured child-restraint system is dangerous. In a sudden stop or a collision it
could move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants. Make sure
the child-restraint system is properly secured in place according to the child-restraint
system manufacturer’s instructions.
Unsecured Child-Restraint System:
An unsecured child-restraint system is dangerous. In a sudden stop or a collision it
could move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants. Follow the
child-restraint system manufacturer’s instructions on belt routing to secure the seat
just as you would with a child in it so that nobody is tempted to put a child in an
improperly secured seat later on. When not in use, remove it from the vehicle or fasten
it with a seat belt, or latch it down to BOTH LATCH lower anchors for LATCH childrestraint systems.
LATCH Child-Restraint Systems:
Not following the child-restraint system manufacturer’s instructions when installing
the child-restraint system is dangerous. If seat belts or a foreign object prevent the
child-restraint system from being securely attached to the LATCH lower anchors and
the child-restraint system is installed improperly, the child-restraint system could
move in a sudden stop or collision causing serious injury or death to the child or other
occupants. When installing the child-restraint system, make sure there are no seat
belts or foreign objects near or around the LATCH lower anchors. Always follow the
child-restraint system manufacturer’s instructions.
2-47
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 48 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
▼ LATCH Child-Restraint System
Installation Procedure (SecondRow Seats)
1. Slide the second-row seat as far back as
possible.
4. Expand the area between the seat
bottom and the seatback slightly to
verify the locations of the LATCH
lower anchors.
2. Raise the reclining lever and lower the
seatback forward.
For left seat
LATCH lower
anchor
Second-row
seat
For right seat
5. Secure the child-restraint system using
BOTH LATCH lower anchors,
following the child-restraint system
manufacturer’s instruction.
3. Raise the seatback to the most upright
position. Make sure the seatback is
securely latched by rocking the
seatback.
6. If your child-restraint system came
equipped with a tether, that probably
means it is very important to properly
secure the tether for child safety, please
carefully follow the child-restraint
system manufacturer’s instructions
when installing tethers.
Anchor bracket
location
2-48
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 49 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
Tether strap position
Tether strap
Anchor
bracket
WARNING
Child-Restraint Tether Usage:
Using the tether to secure anything
but a child-restraint system is
dangerous. This could weaken or
damage the tether or tether anchor
and result in injury. Use the tether
and tether anchor only for a childrestraint system.
Incorrect Positioning of the Tether
Strap:
Positioning the tether strap on top of
the head restraint is dangerous. In a
collision, the head restraint could
bend or break. This will cause the
strap to loosen. The child-restraint
system could move and injure the
child or someone else. Always
position the tether strap between the
head restraint and the seatback.
2-49
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 50 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
Supplemental Restraint Systems (SRS) Precautions
Read this owner’s manual carefully to verify what air bags (driver-side air bag, passengerside air bag, side air bags) are equipped in your vehicle.
The front and side supplemental restraint systems (SRS) include 4 air bags (verify "SRS
AIR BAG" location indicator marks).
They are located in:
• The steering wheel hub
• The passenger side dashboard
• The outboard sides of the front seatbacks
These systems operate independently depending on the type of accident encountered; if
you have side air bags, the side air bags are not likely to deploy on both sides in the same
accident because a vehicle is not often hit from both sides. The side air bags work together
but they and the frontal air bag system will not normally deploy during the same type of
accident unless a combination of frontal and side impacts occur.
The air bag supplemental restraint systems are designed to provide only supplemental
protection only in the front seats in a few modes, so seat belts become important in the
following ways:
Without seat belt usage, the air bags cannot provide adequate protection during an accident.
Seat belt usage is necessary to:
• Keep the passenger away from an inflating air bag.
• Reduce the possibility of injuries during an accident that is not designed for air bag
inflation, such as roll-over or rear impact.
• Reduce the possibility of injuries in frontal or side collisions that are not severe enough
to activate the air bags.
• Reduce the possibility of being thrown from your vehicle.
• Reduce the possibility of injuries to lower body and legs during an accident because the
air bags provide no protection to these parts.
• Hold the driver in a position which allows better control of the vehicle.
Small children, those under 18 kg (40 lb), should be protected by a child-restraint system
(page 2-37).
2-50
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 51 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
Carefully consider which child-restraint system is necessary for your child and follow the
installation directions in this Owner’s Manual as well as the child-restraint system
manufacturer’s instructions.
WARNING
Air Bags without Seat Belts:
Depending only on the air bags for protection during an accident is dangerous.
Alone, air bags may not prevent serious injuries. The appropriate air bags can be
expected to inflate only in collisions with frontal, near frontal or side forces that are at
least moderate. Vehicle occupants should always wear seat belts.
Child in the Front Seat:
Placing a child, 12 years or under, in the front seat is dangerous. The child could be
hit by a deploying air bag and be seriously injured or even killed. A sleeping child is
more likely to lean against the door and be hit by the side air bag in a moderate, rightside collision. Whenever possible, always secure a child 12 years and under on the
rear seats with an appropriate child-restraint system for the child’s age and size.
Rear-Facing Child-Restraint System:
Rear-facing child-restraint systems on the front seat are particularly dangerous.
The child-restraint system can be hit by a deploying air bag and moved violently
backward resulting in serious injury or death to the child. NEVER use a rear-facing
child-restraint system in the front seat with an air bag that could deploy.
Deploying air bag
Seating Position with Front Air Bags:
Sitting too close to the air bag storage compartments or placing hands or feet on them
is extremely dangerous. Front Air bags inflate with great force and speed. Serious
injuries could occur if someone is too close. The driver should always hold onto only
the rim of the steering wheel. The front seat passenger should keep both feet on the
floor. Front seat occupants should adjust their seats as far back as possible and
always sit upright against the seatbacks with seat belts worn properly.
2-51
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 52 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
WARNING
Seating Position with Side Air Bags:
Sitting too close to the side air bag storage compartments or placing hands on them is
extremely dangerous. A side air bag inflates with great force and speed directly out of
the outboard shoulder of the front seat and expands along the front door on the side
the car is hit.
Serious injury could occur if someone is sitting too close to the door or leaning
against a window in the front seats or if rear seat occupants grab the sides of the front
seatbacks. Furthermore, sleeping up against the door or hanging out the driver’s-side
window while driving could block the side air bag and eliminate the advantages of
supplemental protection. Give the side airbags room to work by sitting in the center of
the seat while the vehicle is moving with seat belts worn properly.
Front Air Bag Storage Areas:
Attaching an object to a front air bag storage area or placing something in front of it
is dangerous. In an accident, the object could interfere with front air bag inflation
and injure the occupants.
Always keep the front air bag storage areas free of objects.
Side Air Bag Storage Areas:
Attaching things to the front seat in such a way as to cover the outboard side of the
seat in any way is dangerous. In an accident the object could interfere with the side
air bag, which inflates from the outboard side of the front seats, impeding the added
protection of the side air bag system or redirecting the air bag in a way that is
dangerous. Furthermore, the bag could be cut open spewing exhaust.
Do not hang net bags, map pouches or back pads with side straps on the front seats.
Never use seat covers on the front seats. Always keep the side air bag storage areas in
your front seats free to deploy in the event of a side collision.
Hot Air Bag Inflators:
Hot air bag inflators are dangerous. Immediately after inflation, the inflators in the
steering wheel, dashboard or the seatbacks are very hot. You could get burned. Don’t
touch the internal components of the air bag storage areas after the bags have
inflated.
Installation of Front-End Equipment:
Installation of front-end equipment, such as frontal protection bar (kangaroo bar,
bull bar, push bar, etc.), snowplow, or winches, is dangerous. The air bag crash sensor
system could be affected. This could cause air bags to inflate unexpectedly, or it could
prevent the air bags from inflating during an accident. Front occupants could be
seriously injured. Never install any front-end equipment to your vehicle.
2-52
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 53 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
WARNING
Suspension Adjustment:
Adjusting the vehicle suspension is dangerous. If the vehicle’s height or the
suspension is changed, the vehicle will be unable to accurately detect a collision
resulting in incorrect or unexpected air bag deployment and the possibility of serious
injuries.
Modification of the Supplemental Restraint System:
Modifying the components or wiring of the supplemental restraint system is
dangerous. You could accidentally activate it or make it inoperable. Don’t make any
modifications to the supplemental restraint system. This includes installing trim,
badges, or anything else over the air bag storage areas. It also includes installing
extra electric equipment on or near system components or wiring. An Authorized
Mazda Dealer can provide the special care needed in the removal and installation of
front seats. It is important to protect the side air bag wiring and connections to assure
that the bags do not accidentally deploy and that the seats retain an undamaged air
bag connection.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the side air bag wiring, don’t place luggage or other objects under
the front seats.
NOTE
• When an air bag deploys, a loud inflation noise can be heard and some smoke will be
released. Neither is likely to cause injury, however, the texture of the air bags may
cause light skin injuries on body parts not covered with clothing through friction.
• Should you sell your Mazda, we urge you to tell the new owner of its air bag systems
and that familiarization with all instructions about them, from the Owner’s Manual, is
important.
2-53
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 54 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
Air Bag System Description
The supplemental restraint systems (SRS) have two basic subsystems:
• The air bag system with inflators and air bags.
• The electric system with crash sensors and diagnostic module.
The air bags are mounted in the following locations: the center of the steering wheel, the
passenger-side of the dashboard, and in the outboard sides of the front seatbacks. They are
out of sight until activated.
Inflator and air bag
Side crash sensor
Inflators and air bags
Crash sensors and
diagnostic module
(SAS unit)
Inflator and air bag
Side crash sensor
▼ How the Air Bags Work
When air bag crash sensors detect a frontal or side impact of greater than moderate force,
an electrical current is sent to the inflators.
Gases are produced to inflate the air bags and after the inflation, the air bags quickly
deflate.
The air bags will function only once. After that, the air bags will not work again and
must be replaced.
Only an Authorized Mazda Dealer can replace the systems.
The side air bag will deploy only on the side
the vehicle receives the force of the impact.
2-54
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 55 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
▼ Air Bag Activation/Deactivation
Front air bag activation
A greater than moderate impact will cause the front air bags to inflate in the following
cases:
Hitting a solid wall straight on at greater
than about 22 km/h (14 mph).
Frontal impact within about a 30 degree
range from head-on to the vehicle.
Hitting a curb, pavement edge or hard
object.
Driving into a big hole or hitting the far
side of a hole.
Landing hard or the vehicle falling.
2-55
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 56 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
Limitations to front air bag activation
Depending on the severity of impact, the front air bags may not inflate in the following
cases:
Impacts involving trees or poles cause severe
cosmetic damage but may not have enough
impact to activate the air bag.
Frontal offset impact to the vehicle may not
provide the stopping force necessary for air
bag deployment.
2-56
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
Rear-ending or running under a truck's tail
gate may not provide the stopping force
necessary for air bag deployment.
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 57 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
Non-activation of front air bags
Front air bags will not normally inflate in the following cases:
Collision from the rear.
Vehicle roll-over, may deploy the side air
bag(s) but not the front air bags.
Impact to the side, but it may deploy a side
air bag.
Side air bag activation
Greater than moderate impact to one side of the vehicle (driver or passenger side areas) will
cause a side air bag to inflate, but it will not normally deploy the front air bags.
2-57
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 58 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
Limitations to side air bag activation
Depending on the severity of impact, a side air bag may not inflate in the following cases:
Frontal offset impact may not provide
enough side impact to deploy a side air bag.
Vehicle roll-over may not provide enough
side force to deploy the side air bags.
Side impacts involving trees or poles can
cause severe cosmetic damage but may not
have enough impact force to activate a side
air bag.
Side impacts with two-wheeled vehicles
may not provide enough force to deploy a
side air bag.
Non-activation of side air bag
A side air bag will not normally inflate in the following cases:
Collision from the rear.
2-58
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
Collision from the front, but it may deploy
the front air bags.
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 59 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
▼ Constant Monitoring
The following components of the air bag
systems are monitored by a diagnostic
system:
• SAS unit
• Air bag modules
• Side air bag crash sensor
• Front seat belt pretensioners
• Related wiring
A diagnostic module continuously
monitors the systems’ readiness. This
begins when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position and continues while
the vehicle is being driven.
▼ Air Bag/Front Seat Belt
Pretensioner Systems Warning
Light
WARNING
Self-Servicing the Air Bag Systems:
Self-servicing or tampering with the
systems is dangerous. An air bag
could accidentally activate or become
disabled. This could cause serious
injuries. Never tamper with the
systems and always have an
Authorized Mazda Dealer perform all
servicing and repairs.
▼ Maintenance
The air bag systems do not require regular
maintenance. But if any of the following
occurs, take your vehicle to an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible:
• The air bag system warning light
flashes.
• The air bag system warning light stays
on.
• The air bag system warning light stays
off when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position.
• The air bags inflate.
If the air bag system is OK, the warning
light comes on when the ignition switch is
turned to the ON position or after the
engine is cranked. After about 6 seconds it
goes out.
A system malfunction is indicated when
the warning light constantly flashes, stays
on or doesn’t come on at all. If any of
these occur, consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer as soon as possible. The system
may not work in an accident.
2-59
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 60 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
WARNING
Damaged Air Bag Sensors:
Driving with damaged air bag sensors
is dangerous. A collision, even one
not strong enough to inflate the air
bags, could damage the sensors. If
there was a subsequent collision, a
damaged sensor would not inflate the
air bags. Always have an Authorized
Mazda Dealer inspect the air bag
systems after a collision.
Removing Interior Parts:
Removing any components such as
the front seat, front dashboard, the
steering wheel or parts containing air
bag parts or sensors is dangerous.
These parts contain essential air bag
parts. The air bag could accidentally
activate and cause serious injuries.
Always have an Authorized Mazda
Dealer remove these parts.
Air Bag Disposal:
Improper disposal of an air bag or a
vehicle with live air bags in it can be
extremely dangerous. Unless all
safety procedures are followed, injury
can result. Ask an Authorized Mazda
Dealer how to safely dispose of an air
bag or how to scrap an air bag
equipped vehicle.
2-60
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 1 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
3
Knowing Your Mazda
Explanation of basic operations and controls; opening/closing and adjustment
of various parts.
Doors and Locks .......................................................................... 3- 2
Keys ......................................................................................... 3- 2
Keyless Entry System .............................................................. 3- 3
Door Locks .............................................................................. 3- 8
Liftgate .................................................................................... 3-18
Power Windows ....................................................................... 3-19
Rear Quarter Windows ............................................................ 3-22
Fuel-Filler Lid and Cap ........................................................... 3-22
Hood ........................................................................................ 3-24
Sunroof .................................................................................... 3-25
Security System ........................................................................... 3-27
Immobilizer System ................................................................ 3-27
Theft-Deterrent System ........................................................... 3-29
Steering Wheel and Mirrors ...................................................... 3-31
Steering Wheel ........................................................................ 3-31
Mirrors ..................................................................................... 3-31
3-1
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 2 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Keys
The keys operate all locks.
Without immobilizer system
WARNING
Keys and Children:
Leaving children in a vehicle with the
ignition key is dangerous. This could
result in someone being badly injured
or even killed. They could play with
power windows or other controls, or
even make the vehicle move. Don’t
leave the keys in your vehicle with
children.
Key code number plate
With immobilizer system
CAUTION
(With immobilizer system)
• To avoid damage to the key, do not:
• Drop the key.
• Get the key wet.
• Expose the key to any kind of
magnetic field.
• Expose the key to high
temperatures on places such as
the dashboard or hood, under
direct sunlight.
• When starting the engine, do not let
the following materials touch the
key grip. The engine may not start:
• Spare keys.
• Keys for other vehicles equipped
with an immobilizer system.
• Metal objects that touch or pass
through the hole in the key.
• Devices for electronic purchases,
and security passage.
3-2
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
Key code number plate
A code number is stamped on the plate
attached to the key set; detach this plate
and store it in a safe place (not in the
vehicle) for use if you need to make a
replacement key.
Also write down the code number and
keep it in another safe and handy place,
but not in the vehicle.
If your key is lost, consult your
Authorized Mazda Dealer with the code
number ready.
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 3 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Keyless Entry System
This system locks and unlocks the doors
and the liftgate.
It can also help you signal for attention in
an emergency.
Opening and closing of the power sliding
doors with the keyless entry system
transmitter is also possible on power
sliding door-equipped vehicles.
Press the button slowly and accurately.
CAUTION
To avoid damage to the transmitter, do
not:
• Drop it.
• Get it wet.
• Disassemble it.
• Expose it to heat or sunlight.
NOTE
• The keyless entry system is
designed to operate up to about 2.5
m (8 ft) from the center of the
vehicle, but this may vary because
of local conditions.
• The system doesn’t operate when
the ignition switch is in the ON
position.
• If the transmitter does not operate
when pressing a button or the
operation range becomes too small,
the battery may be dead. To install a
new battery, refer to Maintenance
(page 3-6).
• Additional transmitters can be
obtained at an Authorized Mazda
Dealer. Up to 3 transmitters can be
used with the keyless entry system
per vehicle. Bring all transmitters to
an Authorized Mazda Dealer when
the electronic codes need to be
reset.
3-3
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 4 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
▼ Transmitter
Lock button
With power sliding doors
Lock button
Unlock button
Right sliding door button
Left sliding door button
Panic button
Without power sliding doors
Lock button
To lock the doors and the liftgate, press
the LOCK button and the hazard warning
lights will flash once.
To confirm that all the doors and the
liftgate have been locked, press the LOCK
button again within 5 seconds. If they are
closed and locked, the horn will sound
and the hazard warning lights will flash
once.
NOTE
Confirm that all the doors and the
liftgate are locked visually or aurally
by use of the double click.
Unlock button
To unlock the driver’s door, press the
UNLOCK button and the hazard warning
lights will flash twice.
Unlock button
Panic button
NOTE
This device complies with part 15 of
the FCC Rules and with RSS-210 of
Industry Canada. Operation is subject
to the following two conditions: (1)
This device may not cause harmful
interference, and (2) this device must
accept any interference received,
including interference that may cause
undesired operation. (Outside
transmissions may momentarily
interfere with the device’s operation.)
3-4
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
To unlock all the doors and the liftgate,
press the UNLOCK button again within 5
seconds and the hazard warning lights
will flash twice.
NOTE
After unlocking with the transmitter,
all doors and the liftgate will
automatically lock if one of the doors
or the liftgate is not opened within
about 30 seconds.
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 5 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Sliding door transmitter buttons
If your Mazda has power sliding doors
(page 3-12), the transmitter can open/
close the sliding doors.
WARNING
Operating Power Sliding Doors with
Transmitter:
Opening or closing the power sliding
doors with the keyless entry system
transmitter while not watching the
doors move is dangerous. People or
animals could be injured when the
doors open along the rear sides and
back to the rear fender, or in closing.
Allowing children to use the
transmitter could result in serious
injuries despite the jam-safe feature.
Always be sure that the doorway and
rear fender area are clear before
activating the power sliding doors and
be particularly careful when using
the keyless entry system transmitter.
Be sure to view the doors opening or
closing and do not operate a door on
either side if you can’t fully see it.
Always make sure that you watch the
power sliding doors close completely
and be sure your children do not have
access to the transmitter.
When a power sliding door is completely
closed/opened and a power sliding door
open/close transmitter button is pressed
for 1 second or more, the door opens/
closes after the buzzer sounds.
NOTE
• When a power sliding door is not
completely closed, pressing the
power sliding door open/close
transmitter button for 1 second or
more will open the door completely.
• Press the button to stop the power
sliding doors while they are
opening/closing.
Panic button
You can use the button to turn on the
alarm, which allows you to signal for
attention in an emergency.
NOTE
The alarm will work whether any door
or the liftgate is open or closed.
Turning on the alarm
Pressing the button once will trigger the
alarm for about 2 minutes and 30 seconds,
and do the following:
• The horn sounds intermittently.
• The hazard warning lights flash.
Turning off the alarm
Press any button on the transmitter.
NOTE
If the LOCK and UNLOCK button are
pressed sequentially, the hazard
warning flasher may not flash
correctly.
3-5
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 6 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
▼ Transmitter Maintenance
CAUTION
• Make sure the battery is installed
with the correct pole facing upward.
Battery leakage could occur if it is
not installed correctly.
Replacing the transmitter battery
1. Insert a small screwdriver into the slot
and gently pry open the transmitter.
Slot
• When replacing the battery, be
careful not to bend the electrical
terminals or get oil on them. Also
be careful not to get dirt in the
transmitter as it could damage it.
Back cover
• Danger of explosion if battery is
incorrectly replaced.
• Replace only with the same type
battery (CR2025 or the equivalent).
• Dispose of used batteries according
to the following instructions.
• Insulate the plus and minus
terminals of the battery using
cellophane or equivalent tape.
• Never disassemble.
• Never throw the battery into fire
and/or water.
• Never deform or crush.
3-6
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
2. Remove the battery.
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 7 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
3. Put in the new battery (CR2025 or the
equivalent) with the positive pole ( )
facing down.
▼ Service
If you have a problem with the keyless
entry system, consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
If your transmitter is lost or stolen, bring
all remaining transmitters to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as
possible for a replacement and to make
the lost or stolen transmitter inoperative.
CK
LO
UN
CK
LO
CAUTION
CAUTION
Do not press any buttons when
replacing the battery. The electronic
code could be altered and cause the
keyless entry system to malfunction.
If the keyless entry system fails to
operate, contact an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
• Changes or modifications could
void your right to operate the
keyless entry system.
• Damage to your keyless entry
system will affect the vehicle
warranty coverage.
4. Align the front and back covers and
snap the transmitter shut.
3-7
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 8 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Door Locks
WARNING
Unattended Children and Pets:
Leaving a child or an animal
unattended in a parked vehicle is
dangerous. In hot weather,
temperatures inside a vehicle can
become high enough to cause brain
damage or even death. Always take all
children and animals with you or
leave a responsible person with them.
▼ Locking, Unlocking with Key
Either front door can be locked or
unlocked with a key.
Turn the key toward the front to unlock,
toward the back to lock.
Unlock
Lock
Keys and Children:
Leaving children in a vehicle with the
ignition key is dangerous. This could
result in someone being badly injured
or even killed. They could play with
power windows or other controls, or
even make the vehicle move. Don’t
leave the keys in your vehicle with
children.
Unlocked Doors:
Unlocked doors in a moving vehicle
are dangerous. Passengers can fall
out if a door is accidentally opened
and can more easily be thrown out in
an accident. So keep all doors locked
when driving.
NOTE
Always remove the key from the
ignition switch, close all windows, and
lock all doors when leaving your
vehicle unattended. This discourages
intruders and thieves.
3-8
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
▼ Locking, Unlocking with
Transmitter
The doors can be locked/unlocked by
operating the keyless entry system
transmitter, refer to keyless entry system
(page 3-3).
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 9 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
▼ Locking, Unlocking with DoorLock Button
Front doors
To lock either front door from the inside,
push its door-lock button.
To unlock, pull it out.
Sliding doors
To lock a sliding door from the inside,
push down its door-lock button.
To unlock, pull it up.
Unlock
Lock
Lock
Unlock
To lock either front door with the doorlock button from the outside, push its
door-lock button and close the door.
To lock a sliding door with the door-lock
button from the outside, push down its
door-lock button and close the door.
NOTE
NOTE
When locking the doors this way, be
careful not to leave the key inside the
vehicle.
The left-side sliding door cannot be
opened when the fuel-filler lid is open.
Close the fuel-filler lid to open the
sliding door.
3-9
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 10 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
▼ Power Door Locks
Locking, unlocking with key
All doors and the liftgate lock
automatically when any front door is
locked with a key. All doors and the
liftgate unlock when the driver’s door is
unlocked and the key is held in the unlock
position a second longer. Also, all doors
and the liftgate unlock when the
passenger’s door is unlocked.
Locking, unlocking with door-lock
switch
All doors and the liftgate lock
automatically when DOOR LOCK is
pushed. They all unlock when the
unmarked part of the door-lock switch is
pushed.
Lock
Unlock
Unlock
Lock
NOTE
▼ Sliding Door Open/Close
(Manual Operation)
To open, pull the inner door handle or the
outer door handle.
Holding the key in the unlocked
position in the driver’s door lock for
about a second unlocks all doors and
the liftgate. To unlock only the driver’s
door, insert a key into the driver’s door
lock and turn the key briefly to the
unlock position and then immediately
return it to the center position.
NOTE
The left-side sliding door cannot be
opened when the fuel-filler lid is open.
Close the fuel-filler lid to open the
sliding door.
3-10
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 11 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
To close, pull the inner door handle or
outer door handle.
NOTE
If your Mazda has power sliding doors,
press the power sliding doors main switch
to the OFF position.
Refer to Power Sliding Doors (page 3-12)
(Without power sliding doors)
When closing a door from the outside,
hold the door handle pulled while
sliding the door.
Unlock
Lock
WARNING
▼ Rear Door Child Safety Locks
These locks are intended to help prevent
children from accidentally opening the
sliding doors. Use them both whenever a
child rides in the vehicle.
If you slide the child safety lock to the
lock position before closing that door, the
door cannot be opened from the inside.
The door can be opened only by lifting the
outside handle.
Child Safety Lock and Power Sliding
Doors Main Switch (With Power
Sliding Doors):
Leaving the power sliding doors main
switch in the ON position with the
child safety locks in the lock position,
while the vehicle is stopped or parked
is dangerous. If a child mistakenly
presses the rear power sliding door
switches, a door will open
automatically even if the child safety
locks are in the lock position. If a
door opens unexpectedly, children or
other occupants could fall out
resulting in serious injury or death.
Whenever there are children in the
vehicle, turn off the power sliding
doors with the power sliding doors
main switch to lock the rear power
sliding door switches even if the child
safety locks are in the lock position.
3-11
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 12 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
▼ Easy Closure (With Power
Sliding Doors)
The Easy Closure system automatically
closes the doors completely from the
near-shut position.
This system also operates when the doors
are closed manually.
WARNING
Hands and Fingers Pinched in
Closing Sliding Doors:
Placing hands or fingers around a
sliding door is dangerous because the
door closes automatically from the
near-shut position, hands and fingers
could get pinched and injured. When
closing a sliding door, always keep
hands and fingers away from the
door.
▼ Power Sliding Doors
The power sliding doors open/close
electrically by operating switches in the
vehicle or on the keyless entry system
transmitter.
To operate the power sliding doors with
the keyless entry system transmitter, refer
to Keyless Entry System (page 3-3).
Electric power to the power sliding doors
can be switched on and off with the power
sliding doors main switch.
OFF
Power sliding
doors main switch
ON
CAUTION
When closing a door, do not use
excessive force as it may damage the
system.
3-12
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
ON: Switches on electric power to power
sliding doors.
OFF: Switches off electric power to
power sliding doors.
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 13 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
WARNING
Operating Power Sliding Doors:
Opening or closing the power sliding
doors while not watching the doors
move is dangerous. People or animals
could be injured when the doors open
along the rear sides and back to the
rear fender, or in closing. Because of
unseen obstacles and the jam-safe
feature a door may not close
completely and, if left unnoticed,
could result in serious injury or death
if an occupant were to fall out of the
vehicle.
Always be sure that the doorway and
rear fender area is clear before
activating the power sliding doors. Be
sure to view the power sliding doors
opening or closing and make sure
that you watch them close completely.
Moving the Vehicle while Closing
Power Sliding Doors:
Shifting out of Park (P) while the
doors are moving is dangerous. The
doors will not close completely and
this could result in serious injury or
death if an occupant were to fall out
of the vehicle. Occupants in the
vehicle will also not have full
protection in a collision. Always be
sure the doors completely close before
you shift into gear and move the
vehicle.
WARNING
Children and the Power Sliding Door
Switches:
Allowing children to operate the
power sliding door switches and the
keyless entry system is dangerous.
Children are not aware of the dangers
of people getting fingers and hands
caught in moving doors. Never allow
children to operate the power sliding
door system.
Child Safety Lock and Power Sliding
Doors Main Switch:
Leaving the power sliding doors main
switch in the ON position with the
child safety locks in the lock position,
while the vehicle is stopped or parked
is dangerous. If a child mistakenly
presses the rear power sliding door
switches, a door will open
automatically even if the child safety
locks are in the lock position. If a
door opens unexpectedly, children or
other occupants could fall out
resulting in serious injury or death.
Whenever there are children in the
vehicle, turn off the power sliding
doors with the power sliding doors
main switch to lock the rear power
sliding door switches even if the child
safety locks are in the lock position.
3-13
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 14 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
WARNING
Open Windows and Power Sliding
Doors:
It is dangerous to stick your head or
hands out the power sliding door
windows while the doors are opening/
closing. A head or hands could be
caught resulting in serious injury.
Never stick your head or hands out
the power sliding door windows.
Entering or Exiting the Vehicle
Parked on a Steep Downward Slope:
Entering or exiting a vehicle parked
on a steep downward slope before the
door has completely opened is
dangerous. The door could
unexpectedly move down resulting in
serious injury. Make sure that the
door has completely opened before
exiting or entering the vehicle on a
steep downward slope.
NOTE
• Do not apply unnecessary force to
the doors when they are opening/
closing electrically. Unnecessary
force on the doors may cause them
to reverse direction of movement
automatically.
• When the vehicle is parked on a
slope, electrical opening/closing of
the doors may not operate. When
the doors cannot be opened/closed
electrically, press the power sliding
doors main switch to the OFF
position and open/close the doors
manually.
• If there is a malfunction in the
power sliding door system, the
buzzer sounds continuously. If this
happens, press the power sliding
doors main switch to the OFF
position and the buzzer will stop.
Consult your nearest Authorized
Mazda Dealer to have the power
sliding doors checked.
• The power sliding doors will not
operate unless they are unlocked,
and the power sliding doors main
switch is in the ON position.
• The fuel-filler lid does not open
when the left power sliding door is
opening.
• The left power sliding door cannot
fully open when the fuel-filler lid is
open. To fully open the left power
sliding door in this situation, carry
out the following procedure:
1. Close the left power sliding door.
2. Close the fuel-filler lid.
3. Open the left power sliding door.
3-14
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 15 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Opening/Closing with Switches
1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop.
2. Put the shift lever in park (P).
3. Set the parking brake.
4. Unlock the sliding doors.
5. Press the power sliding doors main
switch to the ON position.
If you attempt to operate the vehicle in
any way other than the above conditions
(except step 4) while the power sliding
doors are opening/closing electrically, the
buzzer will sound. Moreover, a door that
is sliding open will stop.
When the above conditions are satisfied,
you can resume power sliding door open/
close operation with the switches.
NOTE
• If a power sliding door switch is
pressed again while the buzzer is
sounding, the operation can be
canceled.
• Press a power sliding door switch to
stop the power sliding doors while
they are opening/closing.
Operation from the rear seats
When the power sliding doors are
completely closed/open and either rear
power sliding door switch is pressed for 1
second or more, the door where the switch
was pressed opens/closes automatically
after the buzzer sounds.
Operation from the driver’s seat
NOTE
Operate the left/right power sliding door
switch to open/close the left/right door.
When a power sliding door is not
completely closed and a rear power
sliding door switch is pressed for 1
second or more, the door completely
opens automatically.
When either power sliding door switch is
pressed for 1 second or more, the door
controlled by that switch will open/close
automatically after the buzzer sounds.
Left and right power
sliding door switches
Right power sliding
door switch
3-15
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 16 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Left power sliding
door switch
When the doors are completely open and
a door is slid by the handle 5 cm (2 in) in
the direction of closing, the doors will
completely close automatically after the
buzzer sounds.
Jam-safe equipment
While a door is opening/closing
electrically and the system detects a
person or an object in the sliding door’s
path, the door will slide in the reverse
direction automatically.
NOTE
• If a rear power sliding door switch
is pressed again while the buzzer is
sounding, the operation can be
canceled.
• Press a rear power sliding door
switch to stop the power sliding
doors while they are opening/
closing.
Opening/closing with door handles
When the power sliding doors are
completely closed and a door is slid by the
handle slightly in the direction of
opening, the door completely opens
automatically after the buzzer sounds.
Exterior door
handle
Interior door
handle
3-16
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
WARNING
Check Area Around Power Sliding
Doors Before Operating:
Not checking for occupants and
objects around a power sliding door
before opening/closing it is
dangerous. The jam-safe equipment
is designed to prevent jamming in the
event an obstruction is in the sliding
door’s path. However, if the jam-safe
function detects an obstruction and
slides the door in the reverse
direction, an occupant in the door’s
path could be seriously injured.
Always check the area around the
power sliding doors before opening/
closing them.
When the power sliding doors are sliding
in the opening direction and an
obstruction is detected in its path, the
buzzer sounds and the doors slide in the
opposite direction approximately 10 cm
(4 in) and stop. When the doors are
sliding in the closing direction and an
obstruction is detected, the buzzer sounds
and the doors open completely.
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 17 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
NOTE
WARNING
If the power sliding door system
repeatedly detects an obstruction in the
open/close directions for a number of
times, the door will be stopped.
Power sliding doors main switch
When the power sliding doors main
switch is pressed to the OFF position,
electrical open/close operation is not
possible. The power sliding doors can be
opened/closed manually.
OFF
Power sliding
doors main switch
ON
Child Safety Lock and Power Sliding
Doors Main Switch:
Leaving the power sliding doors main
switch in the ON position with the
child safety locks in the lock position,
while the vehicle is stopped or parked
is dangerous. If a child mistakenly
presses the rear power sliding door
switches, a door will open
automatically even if the child safety
locks are in the lock position. If a
door opens unexpectedly, passengers
or other children could fall out
resulting in serious injury or death.
Whenever there are children in the
vehicle, turn off the power sliding
doors with the power sliding doors
main switch to lock the rear power
sliding door switches when the child
safety locks are in the lock position.
Turn Power Sliding Doors Main
Switch OFF When Working on
Vehicle:
Leaving the power sliding doors main
switch in the ON position while
working on the vehicle is dangerous.
If the open/close switches are
mistakenly pressed, the power sliding
doors will slide and hands or head
could become caught resulting in
possible injury. Always press the
power sliding doors main switch to
the OFF position when working on
the vehicle.
3-17
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 18 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Liftgate
NOTE
• If there is a problem with the power
sliding doors and you want to
operate them manually, press the
power sliding doors main switch to
the OFF position and they can be
operated manually.
• If the power sliding doors main
switch is pressed to the OFF
position while the doors are
opening/closing electrically, the
buzzer sounds and the sliding
door(s) stop.
If you press the power sliding doors
main switch to the ON position
again, the door(s) can be opened/
closed electrically.
• When a sliding door is half open
and the system is switched to
manual operation, the door can be
operated manually by first sliding it
forward and back, and then in the
desired direction.
WARNING
Open Liftgate:
An open liftgate in a moving vehicle
will cause exhaust gas to be drawn
into the cabin. This gas contains CO
(carbon monoxide), which is
colorless, odorless, and highly
poisonous, and it can cause loss of
consciousness and death. Moreover,
an open liftgate could cause
occupants to fall out in accident. Do
not drive with the liftgate open.
▼ Locking, Unlocking with Key
To lock the liftgate with the key, insert the
key and turn it counterclockwise.
Lock
Unlock
To unlock the liftgate with the key, insert
the key and turn it clockwise.
The liftgate can be locked/unlocked by
inserting the key into the key slot of any
door, refer to Power Door Locks (page 310).
3-18
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 19 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
▼ Locking, Unlocking with
Transmitter
The liftgate can be locked/unlocked by
operating the keyless entry system
transmitter, refer to Keyless Entry System
(page 3-3).
▼ Locking, Unlocking with DoorLock Switch
The liftgate can be locked/unlocked by
operating the door-lock switch, refer to
Power Door Locks (page 3-10).
▼ Opening and Closing the Liftgate
Opening the liftgate
Pull up on the handle.
Closing the liftgate
Use both hands to push the liftgate down
until the lock snaps shut. Do not slam it.
Pull up on the liftgate to make sure it is
secure.
Power Windows
The ignition switch must be in the ON
position for the power windows to
operate.
WARNING
Closing Power Windows:
Closing power windows are
dangerous. A person’s hands, head,
or even neck could be caught by the
window and result in serious injury or
even death.
This warning applies especially to
children. Make sure the opening is
clear before closing a window.
Children and Power Windows:
Leaving the power window switches
unlocked while children are in the
vehicle is dangerous. Power window
switches that are not locked with the
power window lock switch would
allow children to operate power
windows unintentionally which could
result in serious injury if a child’s
hands, head or neck becomes caught
by the window. Always lock all
passenger power windows with the
power window lock switch on the
driver’s side while children are in the
vehicle, and never allow children to
play with power window switches.
CAUTION
To prevent burning out the fuse and
damaging the power window system,
don’t open or close more than two
windows at once.
3-19
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 20 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
▼ Operating the Driver’s Side
Power Window
▼ Operating the Passenger Power
Windows
To open the window, push down the
switch.
To close the window, pull up the switch.
The power windows may be operated
when the power window lock switch on
the driver’s door is in the unlocked
position.
Close
Left front window
Open
The passenger windows may be opened or
closed by the power window master
control switches on the driver’s door.
Left rear window
Auto-opening
Right front window
To fully open the window automatically,
push the switch completely down.
To stop the window partway, pull up the
switch and then release it.
Right rear window
Front passenger-side power window
To open the window, push down the
switch.
To close the window, pull up the switch.
Close
Open
3-20
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 21 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Rear power windows
To open a window, push the lower part of
the switch.
To close, push the upper part of the
switch.
WARNING
Unintentional Window Operation:
Unintentional window operation is
dangerous. A person’s hands, head,
or neck could be caught by the
window and result in serious injury.
Unless a passenger needs to operate a
window, keep the power window lock
switch in the locked position.
Close
Open
▼ Power Window Lock Switch
With the lock switch in the unlocked
position, all power windows on each door
can be operated.
With the lock switch in the locked
position, only the driver’s side power
window can be operated.
Locked position
Unlocked position
3-21
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 22 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Rear Quarter Windows
Open or close a swing-out rear quarter
window by releasing the latch and moving
the window.
▼ Opening a Window
Pull the latch inward and then push the
window outward.
▼ Closing a Window
Pull the latch inward and then push it
backward until it snaps shut. Make sure
the window is securely closed.
3-22
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
Fuel-Filler Lid and Cap
WARNING
Fuel Spray:
Fuel spray is dangerous. Fuel can
burn skin and eyes and cause illness
when ingested. Fuel spray is released
when there is pressure in the fuel
tank and the fuel cap is removed too
quickly. When removing the fuel cap,
loosen the cap slightly and wait for
any hissing to stop. Then remove it.
Fuel Vapor:
Fuel vapor is dangerous. It could be
ignited by sparks or flames causing
serious burns and injuries. Before
refueling, stop the engine, and always
keep sparks and flames away from the
filler neck.
CAUTION
Always use only a genuine Mazda fuel
cap or an approved equivalent,
available at Authorized Mazda
Dealers. The wrong cap can result in a
serious malfunction of the fuel and
emission control systems. It may also
cause the check engine light in the
instrument cluster to illuminate.
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 23 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
▼ Fuel-Filler Lid
To open, pull up the remote fuel-filler lid
release.
Remote fuel-filler
lid release
CAUTION
Make sure the fuel-filler cap is
tightened securely. The check engine
light comes on when the cap isn’t
tightened securely. If the light remains
on (even after you have tightened the
cap securely, driven, and restarted the
engine several times), it may indicate a
different problem. Contact an
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as
possible.
NOTE
The fuel-filler lid cannot be opened
when the left-side sliding door is open.
Close the sliding door to open the fuelfiller lid.
▼ Fuel-Filler Cap
To remove the filler cap, turn it
counterclockwise.
To replace the filler cap, turn it clockwise
until it clicks.
Open
Close
3-23
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 24 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Hood
3. Use the support rod to hold the hood
open.
▼ Opening the Hood
1. With the vehicle parked, pull the
release handle to unlock the hood.
Support
rod
Clip
▼ Closing the Hood
2. Pull the safety catch up and lift the
hood.
1. Check under the hood area to make
certain all filler caps are in place and
all loose items (e.g. tools, oil
containers, etc.) have been removed.
2. Secure the rod in its clip.
3. Close the hood so that it locks securely.
Safety catch
3-24
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 25 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Sunroof
The sunroof can be opened or closed
electrically only when the ignition switch
is in the ON position.
NOTE
After washing your Mazda or after a
rain, wipe the water off the sunroof
before operating it.
▼ Tilt Operation
Slide switch
The rear of the sunroof can be tilted open
to provide more ventilation.
To tilt, push the rear of the tilt switch.
To close, push the front of the tilt switch.
Tilt switch
WARNING
Extending the Head or Arms
Through the Sunroof:
Extending the head, arms, or other
parts of the body through the sunroof
is dangerous. The head or arms could
hit something while the vehicle is
moving. This could cause death or
serious injury. Don’t let passengers
stand up or extend anything through
the open sunroof while the vehicle is
moving.
Tilt up
Close
Closing the Sunroof:
A closing sunroof is dangerous. The
hands, head, or even neck of a person
—especially a child—could be caught
in it as it closes, causing serious
injury or even death. Make sure the
opening is clear before closing the
sunroof.
3-25
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 26 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
▼ Slide Operation
▼ Sunshade
To open to any position, press the rear of
the slide switch.
The sunshade can be opened and closed
by hand.
To close, press the front of the slide
switch.
The sunshade opens automatically when
the sunroof is opened, but must be closed
by hand.
Sunshade
Open
Close
NOTE
For safety reasons, the sunroof stops
moving approximately 20 cm (8 in)
prior to completely closing. After you
are sure it is unobstructed, resume
closing the sunroof by pressing the
switch again.
3-26
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
CAUTION
The sunshade doesn’t tilt. To avoid
damaging the sunshade, don’t push up
on it.
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 27 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Knowing Your Mazda
Security System
Immobilizer System
The optional immobilizer system allows
the engine to start only with a key the
system recognizes.
If someone attempts to start the engine
with an unrecognized key, the engine will
not start, thereby helping to prevent the
theft of your vehicle.
If the immobilizer system is working
properly, the light will come on when the
ignition switch is turned to the ON or
START position. The light will go out
when confirmation by the immobilizer
system is completed.
If the light flashes rapidly, fails to come
on, or comes on and stays on, it indicates
a system malfunction. If any of these
occur, contact an Authorized Mazda
Dealer as soon as possible.
CAUTION
Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by Mazda could
void the user’s authority to operate the
equipment.
NOTE
This device complies with part 15 of
the FCC Rules and with RSS-210 of
Industry Canada. Operation is subject
to the following two conditions: (1)
This device may not cause harmful
interference, and (2) this device must
accept any interference received,
including interference that may cause
undesired operation. (Outside
transmissions may momentarily
interfere with the device’s operation.)
▼ Immobilizer System Warning
Light
NOTE
• If the warning light comes on and
stays on when the ignition switch is
turned to the ON position, the
engine will not start.
• Signals from a TV or radio station,
or from a transceiver or a mobile
telephone, could interfere with your
immobilizer system. If you are
using the proper key and your
engine fails to start, check the
warning light. If it is flashing,
remove the ignition key and wait 2
seconds or more, then reinsert it and
try starting the engine again. If it
doesn’t start after 3 or more tries,
contact an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
• If the warning light flashes
continuously while you are driving,
don’t shut off the engine. Go to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer and have
it checked. If you shut off the
engine while the light is flashing
you won’t be able to restart it.
3-27
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 28 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Knowing Your Mazda
Security System
▼ Maintenance
If you have a problem with the
immobilizer system or the key, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
CAUTION
• To avoid damage to the key, do not:
• Drop the key.
• Get the key wet.
• Expose the key to any kind of
magnetic field.
• Expose the key to high
temperatures on places such as
the dashboard or hood, under
direct sunlight.
• When starting the engine, do not let
the following materials touch the
key grip. The engine may not start:
• Spare keys.
• Keys for other vehicles equipped
with an immobilizer system.
• Metal objects that touch or pass
through the hole in the key.
• Devices for electronic purchases,
and security passage.
NOTE
• The keys carry a unique electronic
code. For this reason, and to assure
your safety, replacement keys
require some waiting time to obtain.
They are only available through an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
• Always keep a replacement key, in
case one is lost. If a key is lost,
contact an Authorized Mazda
Dealer as soon as possible.
• If you lose a key, an Authorized
Mazda Dealer will reset the
electronic codes of your remaining
keys and immobilizer system.
Starting the vehicle with a key that
has not been reset is not possible.
▼ Modification and Add-On
Equipment
Mazda cannot guarantee the system’s
operation if the system has been modified
or if any add-on equipment has been
installed to it.
CAUTION
To avoid damage to your vehicle, do
not modify the system or install any
add-on equipment to it.
3-28
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 29 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Knowing Your Mazda
Security System
Theft-Deterrent System
The optional theft-deterrent system is
designed to prevent your vehicle or its
contents from being stolen when all the
doors, hood, and liftgate are locked.
If forcible entry is attempted, the system
sounds the horn and flashes the hazard
warning lights.
NOTE
The theft-deterrent system operates
without the keyless entry system
transmitter, as well.
The system won’t function unless it’s
properly armed. So when you leave the
vehicle, lock all the doors and the liftgate,
close all the windows, take your key, your
transmitter, and make sure the security
indicator light is flashing.
▼ Operation
What turns it on:
• Forcing open a door, the hood or the
liftgate.
• Opening a door or the hood by
operating an inside door-lock button or
the hood release handle.
▼ How to Arm the System
1. Remove the key from the ignition
switch.
2. Close the hood. Then close all doors
and the liftgate and lock them from the
outside using the key in the door. If you
have the keyless entry system, press the
LOCK button on the transmitter. The
hazard warning lights will flash one
time to indicate that the system is
armed.
The following method will also arm the
theft-deterrent system:
Close the hood. Press the area on the
door-lock switch marked "DOOR
LOCK" once. Close all doors and the
liftgate.
NOTE
Locking the doors with the inside
door-lock button will not arm the
system.
3. The indicator light flashes once every 3
seconds to indicate that the system is
fully armed. It continues to flash until
the theft-deterrent system is turned off.
What it does:
• The horn sounds intermittently and the
hazard warning lights flash.
• The alarm continues for about 3
minutes, then stops.
If the system is triggered again, the lights
and horn will activate until a door or the
liftgate is unlocked with the key or with
the transmitter.
3-29
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 30 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Knowing Your Mazda
Security System
▼ To Turn off an Armed System
▼ Theft-Deterrent Labels
An armed system can be turned off by any
one of the following methods:
• Unlock a door or the liftgate with the
key.
• Press the UNLOCK button on the
keyless entry system transmitter.
• Insert the key into the ignition switch
and turn it to the ON position.
The hazard warning lights will flash twice
to indicate that the system is turned off.
▼ To Stop an Alarm
A triggered alarm can be turned off by any
one of the following methods:
• Unlock a door or the liftgate with the
key.
• Press the UNLOCK button on the
keyless entry system transmitter.
NOTE
If you have any problem with the theftdeterrent system, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
3-30
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
Labels indicating that your vehicle is
equipped with a Theft-Deterrent System
are in the glove box.
Mazda recommends that you affix them to
the lower rear corner of the front door
windows.
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 31 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Knowing Your Mazda
Steering Wheel and Mirrors
Steering Wheel
WARNING
Adjusting the Steering Wheel:
Adjusting the steering wheel while the
vehicle is moving is dangerous.
Moving it can very easily cause the
driver to abruptly turn to the left or
right. This can lead to loss of control
or an accident. Never adjust the
steering wheel while the vehicle is
moving.
▼ Tilt Steering Wheel
To change the angle of the steering wheel,
stop the vehicle, pull the tilt wheel release
lever under the steering column down,
adjust the wheel, then push the release
lever up to lock the column.
Tilt wheel release
lever
After adjusting, push the wheel up and
down to be certain it’s locked before
driving.
Mirrors
▼ Outside Mirrors
Check the mirrors’ angles before driving.
WARNING
Convex Mirror (Passenger Side):
Changing lanes without taking into
account the actual distance of the
vehicle in the convex mirror is
dangerous. You could have a serious
accident. What you see in the convex
mirror is closer than it appears. Be
sure to look over your shoulder or to
check your inside mirror before
changing lanes.
Manual control mirror
Adjust by hand.
Outside mirror
Power control mirror
The ignition switch must be in the ACC or
ON position.
To adjust:
1. Move the selector switch to the left or
right to choose the mirror.
3-31
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 32 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Knowing Your Mazda
Steering Wheel and Mirrors
2. Depress the perimeter switch in the
appropriate direction.
Selector switch
Perimeter switch
WARNING
Driving with Mirrors Folded In:
Driving with the outside mirrors
folded in is dangerous. Your rear view
will be restricted, and you could have
an accident. Always return the
outside mirrors to the driving position
before you start driving.
Mirror defroster
After adjusting the mirror, lock the
control by moving the selector switch to
the middle position.
Folding the mirror
Fold the outside mirror rearward until it is
flush with the vehicle.
To turn on the mirror defrosters, turn the
ignition on and push the rear window
defroster switch (page 5-36).
▼ Rearview Mirror (With Day/
Night Function)
Before driving, adjust the rearview mirror
to center on the scene through the rear
window.
Do this with the day/night lever in the day
position.
Push the lever forward for day driving.
Pull it back to reduce glare from
headlights.
Day/Night lever
Day
Night
3-32
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 33 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Knowing Your Mazda
Steering Wheel and Mirrors
WARNING
Blocked View:
Cargo stacked higher than the
seatbacks is dangerous. It can block
your view in the rearview mirror,
which might cause you to hit another
car when changing lanes. Don’t stack
things higher than the seatbacks.
3-33
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 34 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
3-34
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 1 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
4
Before Driving Your Mazda
Important information about driving your Mazda.
Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions ....................................... 4Fuel Requirements ................................................................... 4Emission Control System ........................................................ 4Engine Exhaust (Carbon Monoxide) ....................................... 4-
2
2
3
5
Before Starting the Engine ......................................................... 4- 6
Before Getting In ..................................................................... 4- 6
After Getting In ....................................................................... 4- 6
Driving Tips ................................................................................. 4- 7
Break-In Period ....................................................................... 4- 7
Money-Saving Suggestions ..................................................... 4- 7
Hazardous Driving ................................................................... 4- 8
Rocking the Vehicle ................................................................. 4- 8
Winter Driving ......................................................................... 4- 9
Driving In Flooded Area ......................................................... 4-10
Overloading ............................................................................. 4-11
Towing .......................................................................................... 4-12
Trailer Towing ......................................................................... 4-12
4-1
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 2 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Before Driving Your Mazda
Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions
Fuel Requirements
Vehicles with catalytic converters or oxygen sensors must use ONLY UNLEADED FUEL,
which will reduce exhaust emissions and keep spark plug fouling to a minimum.
Fuel with a lower rating could cause the emission control system to lose effectiveness. It
could also cause engine knocking and serious engine damage.
Your Mazda will perform best with fuel listed in the table.
Fuel
Regular unleaded fuel
Octane Rating* (Anti-knock index)
87 [ (R+M)/2 method] or above (91 RON or above)
*U.S. federal law requires that octane ratings be posted on gasoline station pumps.
Haiti, Ecuador, Venezuela
Use only premium unleaded fuel:91 [ (R+M)/2 method] or above (96 RON or above)
CAUTION
• USE ONLY UNLEADED FUEL.
Leaded fuel is harmful to the catalytic converter or the oxygen sensor. The lead will
accumulate on the oxygen sensor and the catalyst inside the converter. This will result
in a malfunction of the emission control system, causing poor performance.
• Your vehicle can only use oxygenated fuels containing no more than 10% ethanol by
volume. Damage to your vehicle may occur when ethanol exceeds this
recommendation, or if the gasoline contains any methanol. Stop using gasohol of any
kind if your vehicle engine is performing poorly.
• Never add fuel system additives. Never add cleaning agents other than those specified
by Mazda. Other cleaning agents and additives may damage the system. Consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Gasoline blended with oxygenates such as alcohol or ether compounds are generally
referred to as oxygenated fuels. The common gasoline blend that can be used with your
vehicle is ethanol blended at no more than 10%. Gasoline containing alcohol, such as
ethanol or methanol, may be marketed under the name "Gasohol".
Vehicle damage and drivability problems resulting from the use of the following may not
be covered by the Mazda warranty.
• Gasohol containing more than 10% ethanol.
• Gasoline or gasohol containing methanol.
• Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.
4-2
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 3 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Before Driving Your Mazda
Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions
Emission Control System
Your vehicle is equipped with an emission control system (the catalytic converter is part of
this system) that enables your vehicle to comply with existing exhaust emissions
requirements.
WARNING
Parking Over Things That Burn:
Parking over or near anything inflammable, such as dry grass, is dangerous. Even
with the engine turned off, the exhaust system could ignite it because the exhaust
system gets very hot during normal use. A resulting fire could cause serious injury or
death. Never park over or near anything inflammable.
CAUTION
Ignoring the following precautions could cause lead to accumulate on the catalyst inside
the converter or cause the converter to get very hot. Either condition will damage the
converter and cause poor performance.
• USE ONLY UNLEADED FUEL.
• Don’t drive your Mazda with any sign of engine malfunction.
• Don’t coast with the ignition switch turned off.
• Don’t descend steep grades in gear with the ignition switch turned off.
• Don’t operate the engine at high idle for more than 5 minutes.
• Don’t tamper with the emission control system. All inspections and adjustments must
be made by a qualified technician.
• Don’t try to push-start or pull-start your vehicle.
NOTE
Under U.S. federal law, any modification to the original-equipment emission control
system before the first sale and registration of a vehicle is subject to penalties. In some
states, such modification made on a used vehicle is also subject to penalties.
4-3
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 4 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Before Driving Your Mazda
Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions
NOTE
After driving some distance and turning off the engine, the sound of a valve opening and
closing can be heard near the lower left part of the driver's seat or below the driver-side
door from the outside, however this does not indicate an abnormality. Your vehicle has a
self-checking device and it operates after turning off the engine.
4-4
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 5 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Before Driving Your Mazda
Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions
Engine Exhaust (Carbon Monoxide)
WARNING
Carbon Monoxide:
Engine exhaust gas is dangerous. This gas contains carbon monoxide (CO), which is
colorless, odorless, and poisonous. When inhaled, it can cause loss of consciousness
and death. If you smell exhaust gas inside your vehicle, keep all windows fully open
and contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer immediately.
Exhaust Gas in Enclosed Area:
Running the engine inside an enclosed area, such as a garage, is dangerous. Exhaust
gas, which contains poisonous carbon monoxide, could easily enter the cabin. Loss of
consciousness or even death could occur. Don’t run the engine when inside an
enclosed area.
Idling with the Windows Closed:
Exhaust gas is dangerous. When your vehicle is stopped with the windows closed and
the engine running for a long time in an open area, exhaust gas, which contains
poisonous carbon monoxide, could enter the cabin. Loss of consciousness or even
death could occur. Open the windows or adjust the heating or cooling system to draw
fresh air.
Snow Blocking the Exhaust Gas:
Running the engine when a vehicle is stopped in deep snow is dangerous. The exhaust
pipe could be blocked by the snow, allowing exhaust gas to enter the cabin. Because
exhaust gas contains poisonous carbon monoxide, anyone in the cabin could be
injured or killed. Clear the snow from underneath and around your vehicle before
starting the engine.
4-5
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 6 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Before Driving Your Mazda
Before Starting the Engine
Before Getting In
• Be sure the windows, outside mirror(s),
and outside lights are clean.
• Inspect inflation pressures and
condition of tires.
• Look under the vehicle for any sign of
a leak.
• If you plan to back up, make sure
nothing is in your way.
NOTE
Engine oil, engine coolant, brake fluid,
washer fluid, and other fluid levels
should be inspected daily, weekly, or at
refueling, depending on the fluid. See
Maintenance, Section 8.
4-6
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
After Getting In
• Are all doors closed and locked?
• Are the inside and outside mirrors
adjusted?
• Is everyone’s seat belt fastened?
• Do all the lights work?
• Check all gauges.
• Check all warning lights when the
ignition switch is turned to the ON
position.
• Release the parking brake and make
sure the parking brake warning light
goes off.
Always be thoroughly familiar with your
Mazda.
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 7 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Before Driving Your Mazda
Driving Tips
Break-In Period
Money-Saving Suggestions
No special break-in is necessary, but a few
precautions in the first 1,000 km (600
miles) may add to the performance,
economy, and life of your Mazda.
How you operate your Mazda determines
how far it will travel on a tank of fuel. Use
these suggestions to help save money on
fuel and repairs.
• Don’t race the engine.
• Avoid long warm-ups. Once the engine
runs smoothly, begin driving.
• Don’t maintain one constant speed for
long.
• Don’t drive constantly at full-throttle or
high engine rpm for extended periods
of time.
• Avoid unnecessary hard stops.
• Avoid full-throttle starts.
• Don’t tow a trailer.
• Avoid fast starts.
• Keep the engine tuned. Follow the
maintenance schedule (page 8-3) and
have an Authorized Mazda Dealer
perform inspections and servicing.
• Use the air conditioner only when
necessary.
• Slow down on rough roads.
• Keep the tires properly inflated.
• Don’t carry unnecessary weight.
• Don’t rest your foot on the brake pedal
while driving.
• Keep the wheels in correct alignment.
• Keep windows closed at high speeds.
• Slow down when driving in crosswinds
and headwinds.
WARNING
Coasting:
Turning off the engine to coast down
a hill is dangerous. This causes the
loss of power steering and power
brake control. Any loss of steering or
braking control could cause an
accident. Never turn off the engine
and coast down a hill.
4-7
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 8 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Before Driving Your Mazda
Driving Tips
Hazardous Driving
WARNING
Downshifting on Slippery Surfaces:
Downshifting into lower gear while
driving on slippery surfaces is
dangerous. The sudden change in tire
speed could cause the tires to skid.
This could lead to loss of vehicle
control and an accident. If it is
necessary to downshift on slippery
surfaces, be very careful.
When driving on ice or in water, snow,
mud, sand, or similar hazard:
• Be cautious and allow extra distance
for braking.
• Avoid sudden braking and quick
steering.
• If your vehicle is not equipped with
ABS, brake with the pedal by using a
light up-down motion. Don’t hold the
pedal down constantly.
If your vehicle is equipped with ABS,
don’t pump the brakes. Continue to
press down on the brake pedal.
• If you get stuck, shift to 2 or 3 and
accelerate slowly. Don’t spin the front
wheels.
• For more traction in starting, use sand,
rock salt, chains, carpeting, or other
nonslip material under the front
wheels.
NOTE
Use snow chains only on the front
wheels.
4-8
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
Rocking the Vehicle
WARNING
Spinning the Wheels:
When the vehicle is stuck, spinning
the wheels at high speed is dangerous.
The spinning tire could overheat and
explode. This could cause serious
injuries. Don’t spin the wheels at
more than 56 km/h (35 mph), and
don’t allow anyone to stand behind a
wheel when pushing the vehicle.
CAUTION
Too much rocking may cause engine
overheating, transaxle failure, and tire
damage.
If you must rock the vehicle to free it from
snow, sand, or mud, depress the
accelerator slightly and slowly move the
shift lever from D to R.
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 9 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Before Driving Your Mazda
Driving Tips
Winter Driving
• Carry emergency gear, including tire
chains, window scraper, flares, a small
shovel, jumper cables, and a small bag
of sand or salt.
Ask a Mazda dealer to perform the
following precautions:
• Have the proper ratio of antifreeze in
the radiator.
• Inspect the battery and its cables. Cold
reduces battery capacity.
• Use only cold-weather engine oil
(page 8-9).
• Inspect the ignition system for damage
and loose connections.
• Use washer fluid made with
antifreeze—but don’t use engine
coolant antifreeze for washer fluid
(page 8-16).
• Don’t use the parking brake in freezing
weather as the parking brake may
freeze. Instead, shift to P and block the
rear wheels.
▼ Snow Tires
WARNING
Mixing Tire Types:
Using tires different in size or type is
dangerous. Your vehicle’s handling
could be greatly affected and result in
an accident. Use only the same size
and type tires (snow, radial, or nonradial) on all four wheels.
CAUTION
Check local regulations before using
studded tires.
Use snow tires on all four wheels
Your vehicle is originally equipped with
all season radials designed to be used all
year around. In some extreme climates
you may find it necessary to replace them
with snow tires during the winter months
to further improve traction on snow and
ice covered roads.
Don’t go faster than 120 km/h (75 mph).
Inflate snow tires 30 kPa (0.3 kgf/cm2, 4.3
psi) more than recommended on the tire
pressure label (driver’s door), but never
more than the maximum cold-tire
pressure shown on the tires.
4-9
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 10 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Before Driving Your Mazda
Driving Tips
▼ Tire Chains
CAUTION
• Chains may scratch or chip
aluminum wheels. Install tire chains
on steel wheels only.
• Chains may affect handling.
• Don’t go faster than 50 km/h (30
mph) or the chain manufacturer’s
recommended limit, whichever is
lower.
• Drive carefully and avoid bumps,
holes, and sharp turns.
• Avoid locked-wheel braking.
• Don’t use chains on the temporary
tire; it may result in damage to the
vehicle and to the tire.
• Don’t use chains on roads that are
free of snow or ice. The tires and
chains could be damaged.
Check local regulations before using tire
chains.
Install the chains on the front tires.
Don’t use chains on the rear tires.
Use only SAE Class "S" chains, and make
sure they fit.
Installing the chains
1. Remove the wheel covers, or the chain
bands will scratch them.
2. Secure the chains on the front tires as
tightly as possible. Always follow the
chain manufacturer’s instructions.
3. Retighten the chains after driving
1/2—1 km (1/4—1/2 mile).
4-10
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
Driving In Flooded Area
WARNING
Driving with Wet Brakes:
Driving with wet brakes is dangerous.
Increased stopping distance or the
vehicle pulling to one side when
braking could result in a serious
accident. Light braking will indicate
whether the brakes have been
affected. Dry the brakes by driving
very slowly and applying the brakes
lightly until brake performance
returns to normal.
CAUTION
Make sure water does not enter the
vehicle interior or the engine area. The
vehicle interior could become wet or
the engine could be damaged.
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 11 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Before Driving Your Mazda
Driving Tips
Overloading
WARNING
Vehicle Load Weight:
The gross axle weight rating (GAWR)
and the gross vehicle weight rating
(GVWR) of your vehicle are on the
Motor Vehicle Safety Standard Label
on the driver’s door frame. Exceeding
these ratings can cause an accident or
vehicle damage. You can estimate the
weight of your load by weighing the
items (or people) before putting them
in the vehicle. Be careful not to
overload your vehicle.
4-11
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 12 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Before Driving Your Mazda
Towing
Trailer Towing
Your Mazda was designed and built primarily to carry passengers and cargo.
If you must tow a trailer, follow these instructions because driver and passenger safety
depends on proper equipment and safe driving habits. Towing a trailer will affect handling,
braking, durability, performance, and economy.
Never overload vehicle or trailer. Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer if you need further
details.
CAUTION
Don’t tow a trailer during the first 1,000 km (600 miles) of your new Mazda. If you do,
you may damage the engine, transaxle, differential, wheel bearings, and other power
train components.
▼ Weight Limits
TTW and GCWR
The total trailer weight (TTW), gross combined weight rating (GCWR), gross axle
weight rating (GAWR), trailer load, and trailer tongue load must be within the
prescribed limits.
• The total trailer weight (TTW) is the sum of the weights of the trailer load (trailer
weight plus cargo), trailer hitch, vehicle passengers, and vehicle load. Never allow
the total trailer weight (TTW) to exceed specifications in the Trailer Towing-Load
Table.
• The maximum GCWR is the combined weight of the trailer and load plus the
towing vehicle (including trailer hitch, vehicle passengers, and load). It must not
exceed specifications in the load table.
GAWR and GVWR
Don’t exceed front and rear GAWR (gross axle weight rating) and GVWR (gross vehicle
weight rating). If you do, vehicle handling, braking, and performance will be affected.
These values are also on the Motor Vehicle Safety Certification Label posted on the
driver’s door.
High-altitude operation
In a high-altitude operating environment, a gasoline engine loses power at a rate of 3% to
4% per 304 m (1,000 ft) of elevation. In these conditions, a reduction in gross vehicle
weight and gross combined weight is recommended.
4-12
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 13 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Before Driving Your Mazda
Towing
TRAILER TOWING-LOAD TABLE
Because vehicle weights vary, adjustments must be made to meet the requirements in this
table.
kg (lb)
Model
Item
MAX. FRONTAL
AREA
MAX. TTW
With 4-Seasons
Package
Without 4-Seasons
Package
2.97m2(32 ft2)
Add trailer’s weight, load and hitch;
vehicle passengers and vehicle load*
*
i.e. baggage, food, camp gear
MAX. GCWR
1,361 (3,000)
907 (2,000)
3,324 (7,328)
2,871 (6,329)
Front
1,180 (2,601)
Rear
1,214 (2,676)
MAX. GAWR
MAX. GVWR
2,372 (5,229)
Tongue load
Trailer load
TRAILERTONGUE LOAD
DISTRIBUTION
OF TRAILER
LOAD
Tongue load/
Trailer load × 100 = 10% to 15%
Front
60%
Rear
40%
The optional 4-Seasons Package: Including among others, automatic transaxle oil cooler
and large radiator. Vehicles with the 4-Seasons Package can tow a heavier trailer and carry
more cargo weight than standard-equipped vehicles.
GCWR: Gross Combined Weight Rating (sum of TTW, vehicle weights and 2 passengers)
GAWR: Gross Axle Weight Rating
GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
4-13
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 14 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Before Driving Your Mazda
Towing
WARNING
Tow Loads:
Attempting to tow loads greater than those specified is dangerous as it may cause
serious handling and performance problems that could result in personal injury or
vehicle damage, or both. Always keep tow loads within specified limits in the Trailer
Towing-Load Table.
Trailer Loading:
Loading the trailer with more weight in the rear than in the front is dangerous. Doing
so could cause you to lose control. The trailer tongue load must be 10%-15% of the
total trailer load (sum of the weights of the trailer and cargo). Try to load the trailer
with the weight about 60% toward the front and 40% toward the rear.
Determining Total Trailer Weight and Tongue Load:
Attempting to tow loads without determining the total trailer weight and tongue load is
dangerous. Trailer sway from crosswinds, rough roads or other causes could result in
loss of control and a serious accident. Always have the total trailer weight and tongue
load determined prior to departure.
CAUTION
The total trailer weight and tongue load can be determined by weighing the trailer on
platform scales at a highway weight station or a trucking company.
▼ Trailer Hitch
Use only a hitch ball recommended by the trailer manufacturer that conforms to the gross
trailer weight requirement.
When not towing a trailer, remove the trailer hitch (if detachable) to reduce the possibility
of damage as a result of the vehicle being rear-ended.
When the trailer load is more than 907 kg (2,000 lb), use a frame-mounted weightdistributing hitch.
4-14
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 15 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Before Driving Your Mazda
Towing
WARNING
Unsecured Hitch:
An unsecured trailer hitch is dangerous as it causes greater trailer sway from
crosswinds, rough roads or other causes, resulting in loss of control and a serious
accident.
Examine all trailer-hitch mounting bolts regularly and tighten any that are loose. If
the hitch is removed, seal any open mounting holes to prevent exhaust, dust, water,
dirt and other foreign elements from filtering in, possibly endangering personal safety
and damaging your vehicle.
Don’t install a hitch that stiffens the bumper as it will reduce the bumper’s
performance. Always make sure the hitch is securely attached before departure.
Exhaust System Modifications:
Modifying your vehicle exhaust system is dangerous. Exhaust gas entering the vehicle
could kill you.
When mounting the trailer hitch, make no modifications to the vehicle exhaust
system. Make sure there are no exhaust gas leaks into the passenger compartment if
any mounting bolts are connected to the body.
CAUTION
• Make all hitch adjustments with actual loads. Don’t load and unload vehicle while
adjusting hitch. This action will change the vehicle height.
• Don’t use an axle-mounted hitch. This may damage the axle and related parts.
▼ Tires
When towing a trailer, make sure all tires are inflated to the recommended cold-tire
pressure, as indicated on the tire pressure chart on the driver’s door. Trailer tire size, load
rating, and inflation pressures should conform to tire manufacturer specifications.
WARNING
Using a Temporary Spare Tire when Towing:
Using a temporary spare tire on your vehicle when towing a trailer is dangerous as it
could result in tire failure, loss of control, and injury to vehicle occupants. Never use
a temporary spare when towing.
4-15
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 16 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Before Driving Your Mazda
Towing
▼ Safety Chains
Safety chains must be used as a precautionary measure should the trailer become
unintentionally unhitched. They should cross under the trailer tongue and attach to the
hitch. Leave enough slack to allow full turns. Consult literature published by your trailer or
hitch manufacturer for more details.
WARNING
Towing Without Safety Chain:
Towing a trailer without using a safety chain securely attached to both the trailer and
the vehicle is dangerous. If damage occurs to the coupling unit or hitch ball, the
trailer could wander into another lane and cause a collision. Make sure the safety
chain is securely attached to both the trailer and the vehicle prior to departure.
▼ Trailer Lights
Trailer lights must comply with all federal, state, and local regulations. Equip your trailer
as required before towing it day or night.
CAUTION
Don’t connect a trailer lighting system directly to the lighting system of your Mazda.
This may damage your vehicle’s electrical system and lighting systems. Have a
recreational vehicle dealer or trailer rental agency connect the system, and inspect the
brake lights and turn signals each time before driving.
▼ Trailer Brakes
If the total trailer weight exceeds 450 kg (1,000 lb), trailer brakes are required. If your
trailer has brakes, make sure they comply with all federal, state, and local regulations.
WARNING
Hydraulic Trailer-Brake System:
Connecting a hydraulic trailer-brake system directly to the vehicle brake system is
dangerous and will result in inadequate braking and possible injury. Don’t connect a
hydraulic trailer-brake system to your vehicle’s brake system.
4-16
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 17 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Before Driving Your Mazda
Towing
▼ Trailer Towing Tips
• Verify that your Mazda maintains a near-normal attitude when a loaded or unloaded
trailer is connected. Don’t drive if it has an abnormal front-up or front-down position.
Inspect for incorrect tongue load, worn suspension parts, and trailer overloading.
• Make sure the trailer is properly loaded and the cargo is secure to prevent it from
shifting.
• Make sure the mirrors conform to all government regulations. If they do not, install
required rear view mirrors appropriate for towing purposes.
The three main causes of vehicle-trailer accidents are driver error, excessive speed, and
improper trailer loading.
Before driving
• Have your cooling and braking system checked by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
• Before starting out, inspect the operation of all vehicle and trailer lights and all vehicleto-trailer connections. Stop and re-inspect all lights and connections after driving a short
distance.
Driving
• Your Mazda will handle differently with a trailer in tow, so practice turning, backing,
and stopping in a traffic-free area.
• Take time to get accustomed to the extra weight and length.
• Allow more room between your vehicle and the one in front because braking distance
increases with a trailer. For each 16 km/h (10 mph) of speed, allow at least one vehicle
and trailer length between your Mazda and the vehicle ahead.
• Avoid jerky starts or sudden acceleration.
• Avoid sudden braking. It may cause loss of control and result in jackknifing, especially
so on wet or slippery roads.
• Use the following positions when towing a trailer in hilly terrain or when heavily
loaded.
• OD (overdrive) off
• Shift lever in D
These positions will allow operating the vehicle without frequent shifting.
Lane changes and turning
Avoid quick lane changes, sudden turns, and tight turns. Slow down before turning to avoid
the need of sudden braking.
A turning trailer will make a tighter arc than the tow vehicle. Compensate with turns that
are larger than normal.
4-17
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 18 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Before Driving Your Mazda
Towing
Passing
Plan well ahead to pass other vehicles, and provide plenty of room before changing lanes.
Crosswinds from passing vehicles, especially larger ones, and the effects of rough roads
will affect handling.
If swaying occurs, firmly grip the steering wheel and reduce speed immediately, but
gradually.
Steer straight ahead. If no extreme correction of steering or braking is made, the
combination of less speed and firm steering will result in stability.
Backing up
Backing a vehicle with a trailer requires practice and patience. Back slowly, and have a
helper outside at the rear of the trailer to reduce the risk of an accident.
To turn the trailer, place your hand at the bottom of the steering wheel and turn it in the
direction you want the trailer to go. Make only slight movements to prevent sharp or
prolonged turning.
Ascending a hill
Shift into a lower gear to reduce the possibility of overloading or overheating the engine, or
both.
Descending a hill
Shift into a lower gear and use engine compression as a braking effect.
WARNING
Over Use of the Brake Pedal:
Holding the brake pedal down too long or too frequently is dangerous as it could
cause the brakes to overheat and lose power, resulting in loss of control and a serious
accident. Use lower gears (1st and 2nd) to help reduce speed. Pull off the road and
allow brakes to cool down whenever braking performance feels reduced. Always use
lower gears to reduce speed.
Overheated engine
The extra weight of the trailer may strain the engine on hot days and on long or steep
upgrades.
If the temperature gauge indicates overheating, turn off the air conditioner, drive safely to
the side of the road, park off the right-of-way and wait for engine to cool. Refer to
Overheating (page 7-15).
4-18
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 19 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Before Driving Your Mazda
Towing
Parking
Always make sure the tires of the trailer and the tow vehicle are blocked while parked.
Apply the parking brake firmly and put the transaxle in P.
Avoid parking on an incline, but if you must, follow these instructions:
1. Depress and hold down the brake pedal.
2. Have a helper put wheel blocks against the downhill side of all vehicle and trailer tires.
3. Then release the brake pedal slowly until the blocks bear the load.
• If the grade is downhill, turn the steering wheel so that the front of the front tires face
the curb.
• If it is uphill, face the rear of the front tires against the curb.
4. Firmly apply the parking brake.
5. Shift the transaxle into P, and stop the engine.
To restart after parking on an incline:
1. With the transaxle in P, start the engine. (Be sure to depress and hold the brake pedal.)
2. Shift into gear.
3. Release the parking brake (also the foot brake) and pull away from the wheel blocks.
Stop; apply the parking brake and shift into P.
4. Have a helper retrieve the wheel blocks.
Fuel consumption
Trailer towing causes higher fuel consumption.
Maintenance
If you tow a trailer frequently, have your vehicle serviced as shown in Scheduled
Maintenance (page 8-3).
4-19
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 20 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
4-20
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 1 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
5
Driving Your Mazda
Explanation of instruments and controls.
Starting and Driving ................................................................... 5- 2
Ignition Switch ........................................................................ 5- 2
Starting the Engine .................................................................. 5- 3
Brake System ........................................................................... 5- 4
Automatic Transaxle Controls ................................................. 5- 8
Power Steering ......................................................................... 5-12
Cruise Control ......................................................................... 5-13
Traction Control System (TCS) ............................................... 5-16
Instrument Cluster and Indicators ............................................ 5-19
Meters and Gauges .................................................................. 5-19
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beeps ........................................ 5-23
Warning/Indicator Lights ......................................................... 5-23
Beeps ....................................................................................... 5-31
Switches and Controls ................................................................. 5-32
Lighting Control ...................................................................... 5-32
Turn and Lane-Change Signals ............................................... 5-33
Fog Lights ................................................................................ 5-34
Windshield Wipers and Washer ............................................... 5-34
Rear Window Wiper and Washer ............................................ 5-36
Rear Window Defroster ........................................................... 5-36
Horn ......................................................................................... 5-37
Hazard Warning Flasher .......................................................... 5-37
5-1
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 2 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Ignition Switch
▼ Ignition Switch Positions
NOTE
If turning the key is difficult, jiggle the
steering wheel from side to side.
ACC (Accessory)
The steering wheel unlocks and some
electrical accessories will operate.
ON
This is the normal running position after
the engine is started. The warning lights
(except brakes) should be inspected
before the engine is started (page 5-23).
START
LOCK
The steering wheel locks to protect
against theft. Only in this position can the
key be removed.
WARNING
Removing the Key:
It’s dangerous to remove the key from
the ignition switch while the vehicle is
moving. Removing the key allows the
steering wheel to lock. You will lose
steering control and a serious
accident could occur.
Remove the key only when the vehicle
is parked.
Not Setting the Parking Brake:
Leaving the driver’s seat without
setting the parking brake is
dangerous. Unexpected vehicle
movement could occur if the parking
brake is not set. This could cause an
accident. Before leaving the driver’s
seat, always set the parking brake and
make sure the shift lever is in P.
5-2
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
The engine is started in this position. It
will crank until you release the key; then
it returns to the ON position. The brake
warning light can be checked after the
engine is started (page 5-23).
▼ Ignition Key Reminder
If the ignition switch is in the LOCK or
ACC position, a beep will sound when the
driver’s door is opened.
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 3 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Starting the Engine
NOTE
Engine-starting is controlled by the
spark ignition system.
This system meets all Canadian
Interference-Causing Equipment
Standard requirements regulating the
impulse electrical field strength of
radio noise.
NOTE
• In extremely cold weather, below
-18°C (0°F), or after the vehicle has
stood idle several days, let the
engine warm up without operating
the accelerator.
• Whether cold or warm, the engine
should be started without use of the
accelerator.
1. Occupants should fasten their seat
belts.
2. Make sure the parking brake is on.
3. Depress the brake pedal.
4. Put the vehicle in park (P). If you must
restart the engine while the vehicle is
moving, shift into neutral (N).
NOTE
The starter will not operate if the shift
lever is not in P or N.
5. Turn the ignition switch to the START
position and hold (up to 10 seconds at a
time) until the engine starts.
CAUTION
Don’t try the starter for more than 10
seconds at a time. If the engine stalls or
fails to start, wait 10 seconds before
trying again. Otherwise, you may
damage the starter and drain the
battery.
6. After starting the engine, let it idle for
about 10 seconds.
5-3
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 4 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Brake System
▼ Foot Brake
Your Mazda has power-assisted brakes
that adjust automatically through normal
use.
Should power-assist fail, you can stop by
applying greater force than normal to the
brake pedal. But the distance required to
stop will be greater than usual.
WARNING
Driving with the Engine Off:
Continuing to drive when the engine
is stalled or turned off is dangerous.
Braking will require more effort, and
the brake’s power-assist could be
depleted if you pump the brake. This
will cause longer stopping distances
or even an accident. Don’t continue
driving when the engine is stalled or
turned off, find a safe place to stop.
Riding the Brakes:
Driving with your foot continuously
on the brake pedal or steadily
applying the brakes for long distances
is dangerous. This causes overheated
brakes, resulting in longer stopping
distances or even total brake failure.
This could cause loss of vehicle
control and a serious accident. Avoid
continuous application of the brakes.
Shift to a lower gear when going
down steep hills.
Driving with Wet Brakes:
Driving with wet brakes is dangerous.
Increased stopping distance or the
vehicle pulling to one side when
braking could result in a serious
accident. Light braking will indicate
whether the brakes have been
affected. Dry the brakes by driving
very slowly and applying the brakes
lightly until brake performance is
normal.
5-4
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 5 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
▼ Parking Brake
▼ Brake System Warning Light
CAUTION
Driving with the parking brake on will
cause excessive wear of the brake
linings or pads.
Setting the parking brake
Depress the brake pedal, then pull the
brake handle fully upward.
This warning has the following functions:
Parking brake warning
The light comes on when the parking
brake is applied with the ignition switch
in the START or ON position. It goes off
when the parking brake is fully released.
Low brake fluid level warning/
Electronic brake force distribution
system warning
If the light stays on after the parking brake
is fully released, you may have a brake
problem.
Releasing the parking brake
Depress the brake pedal, then pull the
handle up and press the button. Lower the
handle to the release position while
holding in the button.
Drive to the side of the road and park off
the right-of-way.
Low brake fluid level warning
You may notice that the pedal is harder to
push or that it may go closer to the floor.
In either case, it will take longer to stop
the vehicle.
1. With the engine stopped, check the
brake fluid level immediately and add
fluid as required (page 8-13).
2. After adding fluid, check the light
again.
5-5
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 6 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
If the warning light remains on, or if the
brakes do not operate properly, do not
drive the vehicle. Have it towed to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Even if the light goes off, have your brake
system inspected as soon as possible.
Electronic brake force distribution
system warning
If the electronic brake force distribution
control unit determines that some
components are operating incorrectly, the
control unit may turn the brake system
warning light on.
In this case, the ABS warning light comes
on at the same time (page 5-27).
5-6
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
WARNING
Brake Warning Light:
Driving with the brake system
warning light on is dangerous. It
indicates that your brakes may not
work at all or that they could
completely fail at any time. If this
light remains on, have the brakes
inspected immediately. Don’t drive
with this light on, and contact an
Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the
brakes inspected as soon as possible.
ABS Warning Light and Brake
Warning Light on at the Same Time:
Driving when the brake system
warning light and ABS warning light
are on at the same time is dangerous.
When both lights are on, the rear
wheels could lock more quickly in an
emergency stop than under normal
circumstances.
Don’t drive with both lights on, and
contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer
to have the brakes inspected as soon
as possible.
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 7 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
▼ Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS)
▼ ABS Warning Light
The ABS control unit continuously
monitors the speed of each wheel. If one
is about to lock up, the ABS responds by
automatically releasing and reapplying
that wheel’s brake.
The driver will feel a slight vibration in
the brake pedal and may hear a chattering
noise from the brake system. This is
normal when the ABS operates. Don’t
pump the brakes, continue to press down
on the brake pedal.
WARNING
ABS:
The ABS cannot compensate for
unsafe and reckless driving, excessive
speed, tailgating (following another
vehicle too closely), and hydroplaning
(reduced tire friction and road
contact because of water on the road
surface). You can still have an
accident. So don’t rely on ABS as a
substitute for safe driving.
NOTE
Braking distances may be longer on
loose surfaces (snow or gravel, for
example) which usually have a hard
foundation. A vehicle with a normal
braking system may require less
distance to stop under these conditions
because the tires will build up a wedge
of surface layer when the wheels skid.
The warning light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position.
If the ABS warning light stays on while
you’re driving, the ABS control unit has
detected a system malfunction. If this
occurs, your brakes will function
normally as if the vehicle had no ABS.
Should this happen, consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
WARNING
ABS Warning Light and Brake
Warning Light on at the Same Time:
Driving when the brake system
warning light and ABS warning light
are on at the same time is dangerous.
When both lights are on, the rear
wheels could lock more quickly in an
emergency stop than under normal
circumstances.
Don’t drive with both lights on, and
contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer
to have the brakes inspected as soon
as possible.
5-7
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 8 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
NOTE
When the engine is jump-started to
charge the battery, uneven rpm occurs
and the ABS warning light comes on.
This is due to a weak battery, not a
malfunction.
Recharge the battery.
Automatic Transaxle
Controls
▼ Brake Pad Wear Indicator
Overdrive button
For gear selection
with either a fourspeed or five-speed
transaxle
When the disc brake pads become worn,
the built-in wear indicators contact the
disc plates. This causes a screeching noise
to warn that the pads should be replaced.
Various Lockouts:
When you hear this noise, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as
possible.
WARNING
Driving with Worn Disc Pads:
Driving with worn disc pads is
dangerous. The brakes could fail and
cause a serious accident. As soon as
you hear a screeching noise consult
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
5-8
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
Indicates that you must depress the
brake pedal and pull the shift lever
toward you to shift (The ignition
switch must be in the ACC or ON
position).
Indicates the shift lever can be shifted
freely into any position.
Indicates that you must pull the shift
lever toward you to shift.
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 9 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
▼ Transaxle Ranges
R (Reverse)
The shift lever must be in P or N to
operate the starter.
In position R, the vehicle moves only
backward. You must be at a complete stop
before shifting to or from R, except as
explained under Rocking the Vehicle
(page 4-8).
NOTE
When shifting the automatic transaxle
in extremely could temperature, the
shift pattern indicator will respond
more slowly than under normal
conditions.
N (Neutral)
In N, the wheels and transaxle are not
locked. The vehicle will roll freely even
on the slightest incline unless the parking
brake or brakes are on.
P (Park)
WARNING
P locks the transaxle and prevents the
front wheels from rotating.
WARNING
Holding the Vehicle with P:
Setting the shift lever to the P position
without using the parking brake to
hold the vehicle is dangerous. If P
fails to hold, the vehicle could move
and cause an accident. To hold the
vehicle, set the shift lever to P AND
set the parking brake.
CAUTION
• Shifting into P, N or R while the
vehicle is moving can damage your
transaxle.
• Shifting into a driving gear or
reverse when the engine is running
faster than idle can damage the
transaxle.
Shifting from N or P:
It’s dangerous to shift from N or P
into a driving gear when the engine is
running faster than idle. If this is
done, the vehicle could move
suddenly, causing an accident or
serious injury. If the engine is
running faster than idle, don’t shift
from N or P into a driving gear.
Shifting into N while Driving:
Shifting into N while driving is
dangerous. Engine braking cannot be
applied when decelerating which
could lead to an accident or serious
injury. Do not shift into N when
driving the vehicle.
D (Drive)
D is the normal driving position. From a
stop, the transaxle will automatically shift
through a 5-gear sequence.
5-9
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 10 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
3 (Third)
The 3 position is helpful when driving in
heavy, slow-moving traffic and climbing
hills, for engine braking assist when going
down hills, or for starting on slick
surfaces and other situations where gentle
acceleration may be necessary.
Do not exceed 141 km/h (87 mph) in the 3
position.
2 (Second)
Use the 2 position for maximum power in
hard-pulling situations, or for climbing
and descending very steep grades.
Do not exceed 93 km/h (57 mph) in the 2
position.
WARNING
Sudden Engine-Braking:
Shifting down while driving on wet,
snowy, or frozen roads, or driving at
high speeds causes sudden engine
braking, which is dangerous. The
sudden change in tire speed could
cause the tires to skid. This could lead
to loss of vehicle control and an
accident. Do not use sudden engine
braking on slippery road surfaces or
at high speeds.
▼ Shift-Lock System
The shift-lock system prevents shifting
out of P unless the brake pedal is
depressed.
NOTE
• When the ignition switch is in the
LOCK position, the transaxle
cannot be shifted from P.
• If the brake is pumped with the shift
lever in P, a chattering near the shift
lever may be heard. This does not
indicate an abnormality.
• To be sure the vehicle is in park, the
ignition key cannot be removed
unless the shift lever is in P.
▼ Shift-Lock Override
If the shift lever won’t move from P with
the brake pedal depressed, continue to
hold down the pedal.
1. Remove the shift-lock override cover
with a screwdriver or similar tool.
2. Push the shift-lock override button
down.
Cover
Shift-lock
override button
3. Move the shift lever.
To shift from P:
1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
2. Start the engine.
3. Move the shift lever.
5-10
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
4. Take the vehicle to an Authorized
Mazda Dealer to have the system
checked.
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 11 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
▼ Overdrive
O/D OFF indicator light
Overdrive operation
In D, the transaxle automatically shifts to
overdrive, which improves fuel economy
and reduces noise.
To allow engine braking when going
down a steep grade, make sure the
overdrive button is in the off position.
This light comes on when the overdrive
has been turned off.
CAUTION
Overdrive button
And for a smoother ride with less shifting,
don’t use it when:
• Going up a steep grade.
• Driving in stop-and-go traffic.
• Pulling heavy loads.
To turn off the overdrive, push the
button.
If the overdrive-off indicator light
flashes, the transaxle has an electrical
problem. Continuing to drive your
Mazda in this condition could cause
damage to your transaxle. Consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as
possible.
▼ Driving Tips
Passing
For extra power when passing another
vehicle or climbing steep grades, depress
the accelerator fully. The transaxle will
shift to a lower gear, depending on vehicle
speed.
Climbing steep grades from a stop
The transaxle will then shift through a 4gear sequence in D.
Shift patterns without overdrive:
D = 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th
3 = 2nd, 3rd
2 = 2nd
To climb a steep grade from a stopped
position:
To turn it on, push the button again.
3. Release all brakes while gradually
accelerating.
Shift patterns with overdrive:
D = 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th
3 = 2nd, 3rd
2 = 2nd
1. Depress the brake pedal.
2. Shift to D or 2, depending on the load
weight and grade steepness.
5-11
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 12 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Descending steep grades
When descending a steep grade, shift to 3
or 2, depending on load weight and grade
steepness. Descend slowly, using the
brakes only occasionally to prevent them
from overheating.
Power Steering
Power steering is only operable when the
engine is running. If the engine is off or if
the power steering system is inoperable,
you can still steer, but it requires more
physical effort.
If the steering feels rigid during normal
driving, consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
CAUTION
Never hold the steering wheel to the
extreme left or right for more than 5
seconds with the engine running.
This could damage the power steering
system.
5-12
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 13 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Cruise Control
With cruise control, you can set and
automatically maintain any speed of more
than about 40 km/h (25 mph).
▼ Activation/Deactivation
To activate the system, push the CRUISE
MAIN switch.
To deactivate the system, push the switch
again.
WARNING
Cruise Control Use:
Using cruise control in the following
conditions could cause you to lose
control of the vehicle:
• Heavy or unsteady traffic
• Slippery or winding roads
• Similar restrictions that require
inconsistent speed
Don’t use cruise control in these
situations.
▼ Cruise Set Indicator Light
This light comes on when a cruising speed
is set.
WARNING
Cruise Main Switch:
Leaving the CRUISE MAIN switch
on when not using the cruise control
is dangerous as the cruise control
lever could be bumped, activating the
vehicle speed setting function. This
could result in loss of vehicle control
and an accident.
Make sure the CRUISE MAIN switch
is off when cruise control is not in
use.
5-13
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 14 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
▼ To Set Speed
▼ To Increase Cruising Speed
1. Turn on the CRUISE MAIN switch.
Follow either of these procedures.
2. Accelerate to the desired speed, which
must be more than 40 km/h (25 mph).
• Press the lever up to RES/ACC and
hold it. Your vehicle will accelerate.
Release the lever at the speed you
want.
3. Press the lever down to SET/COAST
and release it at the speed you want.
Release the accelerator at the same
time.
Don’t continue to hold the lever. Until
you release it, speed will continue to
drop (unless you continue to
accelerate) and you’ll miss the desired
speed.
NOTE
• The SET function can’t be activated
until about 2 seconds after the
CRUISE MAIN switch has been
engaged.
• On a steep grade, the vehicle may
momentarily slow down going up or
speed up while going down.
5-14
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
Your vehicle has a tap-up feature that
allows you to increase your current
speed in increments of 1.6 km/h (1
mph) by a momentary tap of the lever.
Multiple taps will increase your vehicle
speed 1.6 km/h (1 mph) for each tap.
• Accelerate to the desired speed.
Press the lever down to SET/COAST
and release it immediately.
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 15 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
NOTE
Accelerate if you want to speed up
temporarily when the cruise control is
on. Greater speed will not interfere
with it or change the set speed.
Take your foot off the accelerator to
return to the set speed.
▼ To Decrease Cruising Speed
Press the lever down to SET/COAST and
hold it. The vehicle will gradually slow.
Release the lever at the speed you want.
Your vehicle has a tap-down feature that
allows you to decrease your current speed
in decrements of 1.6 km/h (1 mph) by a
momentary tap of the lever. Multiple taps
will decrease your vehicle speed 1.6 km/h
(1 mph) for each tap.
▼ To Resume Cruising Speed at
More Than 40 km/h (25 mph)
If some other method besides the CRUISE
MAIN was used to cancel cruising speed
and the system is still activated, the most
recent set speed will automatically resume
when the lever is pressed up to RES/ACC,
then released.
If vehicle speed is below 40 km/h (25
mph), increase the vehicle speed up to 40
km/h (25 mph) and press the lever up to
RES/ACC.
NOTE
With an automatic transaxle vehicle,
the gear is automatically selected when
going uphill.
5-15
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 16 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
▼ To Cancel
To turn off the system, use one of these
methods:
• Press the CRUISE MAIN switch.
• Slightly depress the brake pedal.
• Pull the lever toward you.
Traction Control System
(TCS)
The Traction Control System (TCS)
enhances traction and safety by regulating
engine torque. When the TCS detects
driving wheel slippage, it lowers engine
torque to prevent loss of traction.
This means that on a slick surface, the
engine adjusts automatically to provide
optimum power to the drive wheels
without causing them to spin and lose
traction.
WARNING
The system is off when the ignition is off.
NOTE
Cruise control will cancel at about 15
km/h (9 mph) below the preset speed
or below 40 km/h (25 mph).
TCS and Unsafe Driving:
The traction control system (TCS)
cannot compensate for unsafe and
reckless driving, excessive speed,
tailgating (following another vehicle
too closely), and hydroplaning
(reduced tire friction and road
contact because of water on the road
surface). You can still have an
accident. So don’t rely on the traction
control system as a substitute for safe
driving.
TCS and Snow and Ice:
Driving without proper traction
devices on snow and ice-covered
roads is dangerous. The traction
control system (TCS) alone cannot
provide adequate traction and you
could still have an accident. Use snow
tires or tire chains and drive at
reduced speeds when roads are
covered with ice and snow.
5-16
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 17 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
▼ TCS Indicator Light
▼ TCS OFF Indicator Light
This indicator light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position. If the TCS is
operating, the indicator light flashes.
This light comes on when the ignition
switch is turned to the ON position.
It goes off when the engine is started. It
also comes on when you switch off the
traction control system or when the
system has a malfunction.
If the light stays on, the TCS may have a
malfunction and it may not operate
correctly. Take your vehicle to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
NOTE
• In addition to the indicator light
flashing, a slight lugging sound will
come from the engine. This
indicates that the TCS is operating
properly.
• On slippery surfaces, such as fresh
snow, it will be impossible to
achieve high rpm when the TCS is
on.
NOTE
After starting the engine on very cold
days, the TCS OFF indicator will
remain on and TCS will not operate
until the engine is warm.
▼ TCS OFF Switch
Press the TCS OFF switch to turn off the
TCS. The TCS OFF indicator light will
illuminate.
Press the switch again to turn the TCS
back on. The TCS OFF indicator light
will go out.
5-17
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 18 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
NOTE
• When TCS is on and you attempt to
free the vehicle when it is stuck, or
drive it out of freshly fallen snow,
the TCS will activate. Depressing
the accelerator will not increase
engine power and freeing the
vehicle may be difficult.When this
happens, turn off the TCS.
• If the TCS is off when the engine is
turned off, it automatically activates
when the ignition switch is turned
on.
• Leaving the TCS on will provide the
best traction.
5-18
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 19 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Driving Your Mazda
Instrument Cluster and Indicators
Meters and Gauges
1
2
3
4
5
Speedometer ..............................................................................................................5-20
Odometer and Trip Meter ..........................................................................................5-20
Tachometer ................................................................................................................5-21
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge..........................................................................5-21
Fuel Gauge................................................................................................................ 5-22
5-19
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 20 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Driving Your Mazda
Instrument Cluster and Indicators
▼ Speedometer
NOTE
The speedometer indicates the speed of
the vehicle.
▼ Odometer and Trip Meter
The display mode can be changed from
odometer to trip meter A to trip meter B
and then back to odometer by pressing the
selector while they are displayed. The
selected mode will be displayed.
The odometer and trip meter can be
displayed as follows even when the
ignition switch is in the LOCK
position.
• Displays for 10 minutes after the
ignition switch is turned to the
LOCK position from the ACC or
ON position.
• Displays for 10 minutes after any
door is opened.
Odometer
Selector
When this mode is selected, ODO will be
displayed.
The odometer records the total distance
the vehicle has been driven.
Trip meter
Odometer
The trip meter can record the total
distance of two trips. One is recorded in
trip meter A, and the other is recorded in
trip meter B.
Press the selector
Trip meter A
For instance, trip meter A can record the
distance from the point of origin, and trip
meter B can record the distance from
where the fuel tank is filled.
Press the selector
Trip meter B
When trip meter A is selected, pressing
the selector again within one second will
change to trip meter B mode.
Press the selector
5-20
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
When trip meter A is selected, TRIP A
will be displayed. When trip meter B is
selected, TRIP B will be displayed.
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 21 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Driving Your Mazda
Instrument Cluster and Indicators
The trip meter records the total distance
the vehicle is driven until the meter is
again reset. Return it to "0.0" by holding
the selector depressed for more than 1
second. Use this meter to measure trip
distances and to compute fuel
consumption.
▼ Engine Coolant Temperature
Gauge
The engine coolant temperature gauge
shows the temperature of the engine
coolant.
NOTE
• Only the trip meters record tenths of
kilometers (miles).
• The trip record will be erased when
the vehicle is driven over 999.9 km
(mile).
▼ Tachometer
The tachometer shows engine speed in
thousands of revolutions per minute
(rpm).
If the needle exceeds normal range toward
H, it indicates overheating.
CAUTION
Driving with an overheated engine can
cause serious engine damage
(page 7-15).
Red zone
CAUTION
Don’t run the engine with the
tachometer needle in the RED ZONE.
This may cause severe engine damage.
5-21
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 22 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Driving Your Mazda
Instrument Cluster and Indicators
▼ Fuel Gauge
The fuel gauge shows approximately how
much fuel is in the tank. We recommend
keeping the tank over 1/4 full. When the
low fuel warning light illuminates or
when the needle is near E, refuel as soon
as possible.
Low fuel
warning light
▼ Dashboard Illumination
When the headlight switch is in the
or
position, rotate the thumb-wheel
to adjust the brightness of the dashboard
lights.
Bright
Dim
5-22
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 23 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beeps
Warning/Indicator Lights
Warning/Indicator lights will appear in any of the highlighted areas
Signal
Warning/Indicator Lights
Page
Brake System Warning Light
5-25
Charging System Warning Light
5-26
Engine Oil Pressure Warning Light
5-26
Check Engine Light
5-27
ABS Warning Light
5-27
Air Bag/Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Light
5-28
Low Fuel Warning Light
5-28
5-23
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 24 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beeps
Signal
Warning/Indicator Lights
Page
Seat Belt Warning Light
5-28
Door-Ajar Warning Light
5-29
Immobilizer System Warning/Security Indicator Light
5-29
Headlight High-Beam Indicator Light
5-29
O/D OFF Indicator Light
5-29
Shift Position Indicator Light
5-30
TCS Indicator Light
5-30
TCS OFF Indicator Light
5-30
Cruise Set Indicator Light
5-30
5-24
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 25 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beeps
▼ Brake System Warning Light
If the warning light remains on, or if the
brakes do not operate properly, do not
drive the vehicle. Have it towed to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Even if the light goes off, have your brake
system inspected as soon as possible.
This warning has the following functions:
Parking brake warning
The light comes on when the parking
brake is applied with the ignition switch
in the START or ON position. It goes off
when the parking brake is fully released.
Low brake fluid level warning/
Electronic brake force distribution
system warning
Electronic brake force distribution
system warning
If the electronic brake force distribution
control unit determines that some
components are operating incorrectly, the
control unit may turn the brake system
warning light on.
In this case, the ABS warning light comes
on at the same time (page 5-27).
If the light stays on after the parking brake
is fully released, you may have a brake
problem.
Drive to the side of the road and park off
the right-of-way.
Low brake fluid level warning
You may notice that the pedal is harder to
push or that it may go closer to the floor.
In either case, it will take longer to stop
the vehicle.
1. With the engine stopped, check the
brake fluid level immediately and add
fluid as required (page 8-13).
2. After adding fluid, check the light
again.
5-25
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 26 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beeps
WARNING
Brake Warning Light:
Driving with the brake system
warning light on is dangerous. It
indicates that your brakes may not
work at all or that they could
completely fail at any time. If this
light remains on, have the brakes
inspected immediately. Don’t drive
with this light on, and contact an
Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the
brakes inspected as soon as possible.
ABS Warning Light and Brake
Warning Light on at the Same Time:
Driving when the brake system
warning light and ABS warning light
are on at the same time is dangerous.
When both lights are on, the rear
wheels could lock more quickly in an
emergency stop than under normal
circumstances.
Don’t drive with both lights on, and
contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer
to have the brakes inspected as soon
as possible.
▼ Charging System Warning Light
This warning light comes on when the
ignition switch is turned to the ON
position and goes off when the engine is
started.
If the warning light comes on while
driving, it indicates a malfunction of the
alternator or of the charging system.
Drive to the side of the road and park off
the right-of-way. Consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
CAUTION
Don’t continue driving when the
charging system warning light is
illuminated.
▼ Engine Oil Pressure Warning
Light
This warning light indicates low engine
oil pressure.
If the light comes on while driving:
1. Drive to the side of the road and park
off the right-of-way.
5-26
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 27 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beeps
2. Turn off the engine and inspect the
engine oil level (page 8-9). If it’s low,
add oil.
3. Check the light.
If the check engine light flashes
continuously, decrease your speed and
consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as
soon as possible.
▼ ABS Warning Light
If the light remains on even after you add
oil, have your vehicle towed to the nearest
service station or to an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
CAUTION
Don’t run the engine if oil pressure is
low. It could result in extensive engine
damage.
▼ Check Engine Light
If this light comes on while driving, the
vehicle may have a problem. It is
important to note the driving conditions
when the light came on and consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
The check engine light may come on in
the following cases:
• The fuel tank level being very low or
approaching empty.
• The engine’s electrical system has a
problem.
• The emission control system has a
problem.
The warning light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position.
If the ABS warning light stays on while
you’re driving, the ABS control unit has
detected a system malfunction. If this
occurs, your brakes will function
normally as if the vehicle had no ABS.
Should this happen, consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
WARNING
ABS Warning Light and Brake
Warning Light on at the Same Time:
Driving when the brake system
warning light and ABS warning light
are on at the same time is dangerous.
When both lights are on, the rear
wheels could lock more quickly in an
emergency stop than under normal
circumstances.
Don’t drive with both lights on, and
contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer
to have the brakes inspected as soon
as possible.
• The fuel-filler cap is missing or not
tightened securely.
5-27
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 28 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beeps
NOTE
When the engine is jump-started to
charge the battery, uneven rpm occurs
and the ABS warning light comes on.
This is due to a weak battery, not a
malfunction.
Recharge the battery.
▼ Air Bag/Front Seat Belt
Pretensioner System Warning
Light
WARNING
Self-Servicing the Air Bag/
Pretensioner Systems:
Self-servicing or tampering with the
systems is dangerous. An air bag/
pretensioner could accidentally
activate or become disabled. This
could cause serious injuries. Never
tamper with the systems and always
have an Authorized Mazda Dealer
perform all servicing and repairs.
▼ Low Fuel Warning Light
If the air bag/front seat belt pretensioner
system is OK, the warning light comes on
when the ignition switch is turned to the
ON position or after the engine is cranked.
After about 6 seconds it goes out.
A system malfunction is indicated when
the warning light constantly flashes, stays
on or doesn’t come on at all. If any of
these occur, consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer as soon as possible. The system
may not work in an accident.
Low fuel
warning light
This warning light in the fuel gauge
signals that the fuel tank will soon be
empty.
Get fuel as soon as possible.
▼ Seat Belt Warning Light
If the driver’s seat belt is not fastened
when the ignition switch is turned to the
ON position, the seat belt warning light
will remain on until the belt is fastened.
If the system does not operate correctly,
consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
5-28
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 29 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beeps
▼ Door-Ajar Warning Light
Security indicator light
When there is no key in the ignition
switch, and the theft-deterrent system has
been armed, the light will flash once every
3 seconds. This indicates that the system
is working properly.
This warning light comes on when any
door or liftgate isn’t securely closed.
▼ Headlight High-Beam Indicator
Light
▼ Immobilizer System Warning/
Security Indicator Light
This light indicates one of two things:
• The high-beam headlights are on.
Immobilizer system warning light
When the key is in the ignition switch,
this light serves as the immobilizer system
warning light.
If the immobilizer system is working
properly, the light will come on when the
ignition switch is turned to the ON or
START position. The light will go out
when confirmation by the immobilizer
system is completed.
If the light flashes rapidly, fails to come
on, or comes on and stays on, it indicates
a system malfunction. If any of these
occur, contact an Authorized Mazda
Dealer as soon as possible.
• The turn signal lever is in the flash-topass position.
▼ O/D OFF Indicator Light
This light comes on when the overdrive
has been turned off.
CAUTION
If the overdrive-off indicator light
flashes, the transaxle has an electrical
problem. Continuing to drive your
Mazda in this condition could cause
damage to your transaxle. Consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as
possible.
5-29
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 30 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beeps
▼ Shift Position Indicator Light
▼ TCS OFF Indicator Light
This indicates the selected shift position
when the ignition switch is in the ACC or
ON position.
▼ TCS Indicator Light
This light comes on when the ignition
switch is turned to the ON position.
It goes off when the engine is started. It
also comes on when you switch off the
traction control system or when the
system has a malfunction.
NOTE
This indicator light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position. If the TCS is
operating, the indicator light flashes.
After starting the engine on very cold
days, the TCS OFF indicator will
remain on and TCS will not operate
until the engine is warm.
▼ Cruise Set Indicator Light
If the light stays on, the TCS may have a
malfunction and it may not operate
correctly. Take your vehicle to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
NOTE
• In addition to the indicator light
flashing, a slight lugging sound will
come from the engine. This
indicates that the TCS is operating
properly.
• On slippery surfaces, such as fresh
snow, it will be impossible to
achieve high rpm when the TCS is
on.
5-30
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
This light comes on when a cruising speed
is set.
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 31 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beeps
Beeps
▼ Seat Belt Warning Beep
If the driver’s seat belt is not fastened
when the ignition switch is turned to the
ON position, a beep will sound for about
6 seconds.
▼ Ignition Key Reminder
If the ignition switch is in the LOCK or
ACC position, a beep will sound when the
driver’s door is opened.
▼ Lights-On Reminder
If lights are on and the key is removed
from the ignition switch, a beep will
sound when the driver’s door is opened.
▼ Power Sliding Door Buzzer
The buzzer sounds according to the power
sliding door operation.
If there is a malfunction in the power
sliding door system, the buzzer sounds
continuously. If this happens, press the
power sliding doors main switch to the
OFF position and the buzzer will stop.
Consult your nearest Authorized Mazda
Dealer to have the power sliding doors
checked.
Refer to Power Sliding Doors on page 312.
5-31
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 32 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
▼ Headlight High-Low Beams
Lighting Control
Push the lever forward for high beams.
Pull it back for low.
High beams
Low beams
▼ Headlights
To turn on the lights, turn the knob on the
end of the control lever.
Lever Position
Headlights
Taillights
Parking lights
License lights
Side-marker lights
OFF
Off
Off
On
Off
On
On
NOTE
To prevent discharging the battery,
don’t leave the lights on while the
engine is off.
▼ Lights-On Reminder
If lights are on and the key is removed
from the ignition switch, a beep will
sound when the driver’s door is opened.
5-32
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
▼ Flashing the Headlights
To flash the headlights, pull the lever fully
toward you. The headlight switch need
not be on, and the lever will return to the
normal position when released.
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 33 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
▼ Daytime Running Lights
(Canada Model)
In Canada, vehicles must be driven with
the headlights on during daytime
operation.
For that reason, the daytime running lights
automatically turn on when the ignition
switch is turned to the ON position.
NOTE
The running lights go off when the
parking brake is applied.
Turn and Lane-Change
Signals
▼ Turn Signal
Move the signal lever down (for a left
turn) or up (for a right turn) to the stop
position. The signal will self-cancel after
the turn is completed.
If the indicator light continues to flash
after a turn, manually return the lever to
its original position.
Right lane
change
Right turn
OFF
Left lane
change
Left turn
Green indicators on the dashboard show
which signal is working.
Lane-change signals
Move the lever slightly toward the
direction of the change—until the
indicator flashes—and hold it there. It
will return to the off position when
released.
NOTE
If an indicator light stays on without
flashing or if it flashes abnormally, the
turn signal bulb may be burned out.
5-33
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 34 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
Fog Lights
Use this switch to turn on the fog lights.
They help you to see as well as to be seen.
Windshield Wipers and
Washer
The ignition switch must be in the ON
position.
WARNING
To turn on the fog lights, first turn on the
headlight switch. Then press the fog light
switch.
To turn the fog lights off, press the fog
light switch again or turn the headlight
switch off.
5-34
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
Frozen Washer Fluid:
Using windshield washer fluid in
freezing temperatures is dangerous.
The washer fluid could freeze on the
windshield and block your vision.
You could have an accident. Don’t use
the washer without first warming the
windshield.
NOTE
Because heavy ice and snow can jam
the wiper blades, the wiper motor is
protected by a circuit breaker. This
mechanism will automatically stop
operation of the blades, but only for
about 5 minutes.
If this happens, turn off the wiper
switch and park off the right-of-way,
and remove the snow and ice.
After 5 minutes, turn on the switch and
the blades should operate normally. If
they don’t resume functioning, consult
an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon
as possible.
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 35 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
▼ Windshield Wipers
One-touch wipers
For a single wiping cycle, push the lever
up to MIST.
OFF
INT
MIST
1
OFF
2
Turn the wipers on by pulling the lever
down.
INT — Intermittent
1 — Normal
2 — Fast
Variable-speed intermittent wipers
▼ Windshield Washer
Pull the lever toward you and hold it to
spray washer fluid.
Set the lever to INT and choose the
interval timing by rotating the ring.
OFF
INT
INT ring
NOTE
In the OFF or INT position, the wipers
will be activated until the lever is
released.
If the washer doesn’t work, inspect the
fluid level (page 8-16). If it’s OK, consult
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
5-35
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 36 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
Rear Window Wiper and
Washer
The ignition switch must be in the ON
position.
▼ Rear Window Wiper
Washer ON
INT
OFF
Washer
Rear Window Defroster
The rear defroster clears frost, fog, and
thin ice from the rear window.
The ignition switch must be in the ON
position.
Push the switch to turn on the rear
window defroster; the indicator light will
come on.
Push the switch again to turn it off.
Turn the wiper on by turning the knob.
ON — Normal
INT — Intermittent
▼ Rear Window Washer
To spray washer fluid, turn the knob to the
position. After the knob is released, the
washer will stop.
NOTE
There are two washer positions: up and
down. In the down washer position, the
wiper will not be activated.
If the washer doesn’t work, inspect the
fluid level (page 8-16). If it’s OK and the
washer still doesn’t work, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
5-36
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
CAUTION
Don’t use sharp instruments or
window cleaners with abrasives to
clean the inside of the rear window
surface. They may damage the
defroster grid inside the window.
NOTE
This defroster is not designed for
melting snow. If there is an
accumulation of snow on the rear
window, brush it off before using the
defroster.
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 37 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
Horn
To sound the horn, press around the
mark of the steering wheel.
Hazard Warning Flasher
The hazard warning lights should always
be used when you stop on or near a
roadway.
The hazard warning lights warn other
drivers that your vehicle is a traffic hazard
and that they must take extreme caution
when near it.
Depress the hazard warning switch and all
four turn signals will flash at once.
NOTE
• The turn signals don’t work when
the hazard warning lights are on.
• Check local regulations about the
use of hazard warning lights while
the vehicle is being towed. They
may forbid it.
5-37
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 38 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
5-38
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 1 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
6
Interior Comfort
Use of various features for drive comfort, including climate control and audio
system.
Climate Control System .............................................................. 6- 2
Operating Tips ......................................................................... 6- 2
Vent Operation (Front) ............................................................ 6- 3
Control Panel (Front) ............................................................... 6- 5
Vent Operation (Rear) ............................................................. 6-10
Control Panel (Rear) ................................................................ 6-12
Audio System ............................................................................... 6-14
Antenna ................................................................................... 6-14
Operating Tips for Audio System ............................................ 6-14
Audio Set ................................................................................. 6-21
Audio Control Switch Operation ............................................. 6-38
Safety Certification .................................................................. 6-40
Interior Equipment ..................................................................... 6-41
Sunvisors ................................................................................. 6-41
Interior Lights .......................................................................... 6-41
Lighter ..................................................................................... 6-44
Ashtray .................................................................................... 6-44
Cup Holder .............................................................................. 6-46
Storage Compartments ............................................................ 6-48
Accessory Sockets ................................................................... 6-51
6-1
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 2 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
Operating Tips
▼ Operating the Climate Control
System
Operate the climate control system with
the engine running.
▼ Clearing the Air Inlet
Clear all obstructions like leaves, snow
and ice from the hood and the air inlet in
the cowling grille to improve the system
efficiency.
▼ Foggy Windows
The windows may fog up easily in humid
weather. Use the climate control system to
defog the windows.
To help defog the windows, operate the air
conditioner to dehumidify the air.
▼ Outside/Recirculated Air
Position
Use the outside air position in normal
conditions. The recirculated air position
can be used temporarily when driving on
dusty roads or for quick cooling of the
interior.
▼ Parking in Direct Sunlight
If the vehicle has been parked in direct
sunlight during hot weather, open the
windows to let warm air escape, then run
the climate control system.
▼ Not Using for a Long Period
Run the air conditioner at least once a
month to keep internal parts lubricated.
6-2
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
▼ Check the Refrigerant before
Weather Gets Hot
Have the air conditioner checked before
the weather gets hot. Lack of refrigerant
may make the air conditioner less
efficient. Consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer for refrigerant inspection.
The optional air conditioner is filled with
HFC134a (R134a), a refrigerant that will
not damage the ozone layer.
If the air conditioner is low on refrigerant
or has a malfunction, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
▼ Replacement of the Cabin Air
Filter
If your vehicle is equipped with an air
filter for the air conditioner, it is necessary
to change the filter periodically as
indicated in scheduled maintenance (page
8-3). Consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer for replacement of the cabin air
filter.
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 3 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
Vent Operation (Front)
Knob
Close
Open
▼ Adjusting the Vents
Directing airflow
You can direct air flow by moving the adjustment knob.
Horizontal air flow can be adjusted by pressing the vent left or right.
Adjusting the amount of airflow
These vents can be opened and closed with wheel.
NOTE
When using the air conditioner, mist may come out from the vents. This is not a sign of
trouble but a result of humid air being suddenly cooled.
6-3
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 4 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
▼ Selecting the Airflow Mode
Dashboard Vents
Defroster and Floor Vents
Dashboard and Floor Vents
Defroster Vents
Floor Vents
6-4
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 5 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
Control Panel (Front)
Fan control dial
A/C switch
Rear window defroster switch (page 5-36)
Temperature control dial
1
A/C
2
3
4
0
Air intake selector switch
0 REAR 1
2
3
Mode selector dial
Rear air-conditioner main switch
▼ Control Switches
Fan control dial
Temperature control dial
Cold
Hot
This dial controls temperature. Turn it
clockwise for hot and counterclockwise
for cold.
This dial allows variable fan speeds.
0—Fan off
1—Low speed
2—Medium low speed
3—Medium high speed
4—High speed
6-5
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 6 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
Mode selector dial
Air intake selector
Turn the mode selector dial to select
airflow mode (page 6-4).
This switch controls the source of air
entering the vehicle.
A/C switch
Press the switch to alternate between the
and
positions. The indicator
light for the selected mode will
illuminate.
It is recommended that under normal
conditions the switch be kept in the
outside air position.
Outside air position (
Push the switch to turn the air conditioner
on. An indicator light on the switch will
illuminate when the fan control dial is on.
Push the switch once again to turn the air
conditioner off.
NOTE
The air conditioner may not function
when the outside temperature
approaches 0 °C (32 °F).
6-6
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
)
Outside air is taken into the vehicle. Use
this position for normal ventilation and
heating.
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 7 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
Recirculated air position (
)
Outside air is shut off. Air within the
vehicle is recirculated.
This position can be used when driving on
a dusty road or in similar conditions. It
also helps to provide quicker cooling of
the interior.
WARNING
The Recirculated Air Position:
Using the
position in cold or
rainy weather will cause the glass to
fog up. Your vision will be hampered,
which could lead to a serious
accident. Do not use the
position in cold or rainy weather.
5. If dehumidified heating is desired, turn
on the air conditioner.
NOTE
• If the windshield fogs up easily, set
the mode selector dial to the
position.
• If cooler air is desired at face level,
set the mode selector dial at the
position and adjust the temperature
control dial to maintain maximum
comfort.
• The air to the floor is warmer than
air to the face (except when the
temperature control dial is set at the
extreme hot or cold position).
▼ Cooling (With Air Conditioner)
▼ Heating
1. Set the mode selector dial to the
position.
2. Set the air intake selector to the
position.
3. Set the temperature control dial to the
hot position.
1. Set the mode selector dial to the
position.
2. Set the temperature control dial to the
desired position.
3. Set the fan control dial to the desired
speed.
4. Turn on the air conditioner.
4. Set the fan control dial to the desired
speed.
6-7
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 8 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
5. Adjust the fan control dial and
temperature control dial to maintain
maximum comfort.
▼ Ventilation
CAUTION
When using the air conditioner while
driving up long hills or in heavy traffic,
closely monitor the temperature gauge
(page 5-21).
The air conditioner may cause engine
overheating. If the gauge indicates
overheating, turn the air conditioner
off.
NOTE
• When maximum cooling is desired,
set the temperature control dial to
the extreme cold position and set
the air intake selector to the
position, then set the fan control dial
to the position 4.
• If warmer air is desired at floor
level, set the mode selector dial at
the
position and adjust the
temperature control dial to maintain
maximum comfort.
1. Set the mode selector dial to the
position.
2. Set the air intake selector to the
position.
3. Set the temperature control dial to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan control dial to the desired
speed.
▼ Windshield Defrosting and
Defogging
• The air to the floor is warmer than
air to the face (except when the
temperature control dial is set at the
extreme hot or cold position).
1. Set the mode selector dial to the
position.
2. Set the temperature control dial to the
desired position.
6-8
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 9 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
3. Set the fan control dial to the desired
speed.
▼ Dehumidifying (With Air
Conditioner)
WARNING
Foggy Windshield:
Using the
position with the
temperature control set to the cold
position will cause the outside of the
glass to fog up. Your vision will be
hampered, which could lead to a
serious accident. Set the temperature
control to the hot or warm position
when using the
position.
NOTE
• For maximum defrosting, set the
temperature control dial to the
extreme hot position and the fan
control dial to position 4.
• If warm air is desired at the floor,
set the mode selector dial to the
position.
or
position, outside air
• In the
is automatically selected.The air
intake selector switch cannot be
changed to the
position.
Operate the air conditioner in cool or cold
weather to help defog the windshield and
side windows.
1. Set the mode selector dial to the
desired position.
2. Set the air intake selector to the
position.
3. Set the temperature control dial to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan control dial to the desired
speed.
5. Turn on the air conditioner.
6-9
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 10 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
Vent Operation (Rear)
Knob
▼ Adjusting the Vents
Directing airflow
You can direct air flow by moving the adjustment knob.
NOTE
When using the air conditioner, mist may come out from the vents. This is not a sign of
trouble but a result of humid air being suddenly cooled.
6-10
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 11 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
▼ Selecting the Airflow Mode
Floor Vents
Roof Vents
Roof and Floor Vents
6-11
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 12 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
Control Panel (Rear)
Type A
NOTE:
0
1
2
(Rear heater type)
Supplies only hot air
out of floor outlets.
3
(Rear cooler type)
Supplies only cold air
out of roof vents.
Fan control dial
Type B
NOTE:
0
1
2
Supplies cold or hot
air out of roof vents
and/or floor outlets.
3
Fan control dial
Temperature control dial
▼ Control Switches
Rear air-conditioner main switch
0 REAR 1
2
3
The air conditioner has front and rear
controls. The front air-conditioner
controls override the rear controls.
The rear air-conditioner main switch is
under the front air-conditioner control
panel.
6-12
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
Mode selector dial
This switch allows variable fan speeds for
the rear air-conditioner.
0
— Fan off
REAR — Select the desired fan speed
with rear air-conditioner
control panel.
1
— Low speed
2
— Medium speed
3
— High speed
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 13 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
Fan control dial
0
Mode selector dial (Type B)
1
2
3
This dial allows variable fan speeds.
Turn the mode selector dial to select
airflow mode (page 6-11).
0—Fan off
1—Low speed
2—Medium speed
3—High speed
NOTE
When the rear air-conditioner main
switch is not set to the REAR position,
the fan control dial of the rear airconditioner control panel does not
work.
The front air-conditioner controls
override the rear controls.
Temperature control dial (Type B)
Cold
Hot
This dial controls temperature. Turn it
clockwise for hot and counterclockwise
for cold.
6-13
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 14 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Antenna
▼ Detachable Type
To remove the antenna, turn it
counterclockwise.
To install the antenna, turn it clockwise.
Make sure the antenna is security
installed.
Operating Tips for Audio
System
▼ Radio Reception
AM characteristics
AM signals bend around such things as
buildings or mountains and bounce off the
ionosphere. Therefore, they can reach
longer distances than FM signals. Because
of this, two stations may sometimes be
picked up on the same frequency at the
same time.
Ionosphere
Station 1
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the antenna,
remove it before entering a car wash
facility or passing beneath a low
overhead clearance.
Station 2
FM characteristics
An FM broadcast range is usually about
40—50 km (25—30 miles) from the
source. Because of extra coding needed to
break the sound into two channels, stereo
FM has even less range than monaural
(non-stereo) FM.
NOTE
When leaving your vehicle unattended,
we recommend that you remove the
antenna and store it inside the vehicle.
6-14
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
FM Station
40—50 km
(25—30 miles)
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 15 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Signals from an FM transmitter are
similar to beams of light because they do
not bend around corners, but they do
reflect. Unlike AM signals, FM signals
cannot travel beyond the horizon.
Therefore, FM stations cannot be received
at the great distances possible with AM
reception.
Flutter/Skip noise
Signals from an FM transmitter move in
straight lines and become weak in valleys
between tall buildings, mountains, and
other obstacles. When a vehicle passes
through such an area, the reception
conditions may change suddenly,
resulting in annoying noise.
Ionosphere
FM wave
AM wave
FM wave
100—200 km (60—120 miles)
Atmospheric conditions can also affect
FM reception. High humidity will cause
poor reception. However, cloudy days
may provide better reception than clear
days.
Multipath noise
Weak signal noise
In suburban areas, broadcast signals
become weak because of distance from
the transmitter. Reception in such fringe
areas is characterized by sound breakup.
Since FM signals can be reflected by
obstructions, it is possible to receive both
the direct signal and the reflected signal at
the same time. This causes a slight delay
in reception and may be heard as a broken
sound or a distortion. This problem may
also be encountered when in close
proximity to the transmitter.
Reflected wave
Direct
6-15
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 16 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Strong signal noise
This occurs very close to a transmitter
tower. The broadcast signals are
extremely strong, so the result is noise and
sound breakup at the radio receiver.
Station drift noise
When a vehicle reaches the area of two
strong stations broadcasting at similar
frequencies, the original station may be
temporarily lost and the second station
picked up. At this time there will be some
noise from this disturbance.
Station 1
88.1 MHz
▼ Operating Tips for Cassette Tape
Player
Cleaning the cassette tape player
The tape head, capstans, and pinch rollers
will gather oxide residue from cassette
tapes. This can cause weak or wavering
sounds and damage to the cassette tapes
and player. Use a good quality headcleaning tape or a liquid cleaner cassette
tape to remove it.
Should the unit not operate normally,
consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Never attempt to repair it or insert a
screwdriver or anything else.
Handling the cassette tape player
The following precautions should be
observed.
• Do not spill any liquid on the audio
system.
Station 2
88.3 MHz
• Do not insert any objects, other than
cassette tape, into the slot.
6-16
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 17 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Interior Comfort
Audio System
• If the cassette tape is loose, it may
produce poor sound or performance
during playback. Use a pencil or
something similar to remove any slack.
• Only cassette tapes that play no longer
than 90 minutes should be used.
Cassette tape exceeding 90 minutes are
thin and may easily break.
• Do not leave a cassette tape in the tape
player slot when not in use. Remove it
completely to permit the slot door to
close and to protect the mechanism
from dust.
▼ Operating Tips for Mini Disc
(MD) Player
• The MD player has been designed to
play MDs bearing the identification
logo as shown. No other MDs can be
played.
• When inserting the MD, make sure the
MD label is facing up, and the MD is
oriented to the insertion slot in the
direction of the arrow. If not inserted
correctly, the MD will be ejected, or
may remain stuck in the MD deck.
• Store cassette tapes away from extreme
heat, magnetic fields, and direct
sunlight. Protect the exposed cassette
tape from dirt and damage. Store
cassette tapes in their original cases or
other protective cases.
• Insert only cassette tapes into the slot.
If objects other than cassette tapes are
inserted, they may damage the player.
• Do not touch the internal part of the
MD. If the MD shutter is slid open for
no reason, it may be broken.
6-17
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 18 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Interior Comfort
Audio System
• Store MDs in their cases and away
from direct sunlight.
• Do not insert any objects, other than
CDs, into the slot.
• Do not insert fingers or foreign objects
in the MD insertion slot as it could
damage the MD deck.
▼ Operating Tips for CD Player/InDash CD Changer
Condensation phenomenon
Immediately after turning on the heater
when the vehicle is cold, the CD or optical
components (prism and lens) in the CD
player/changer may become clouded with
condensation. At this time, the CD will
eject immediately when placed in the unit.
A clouded CD can be corrected simply by
wiping it with a soft cloth. Clouded
optical components will clear naturally in
about an hour. Wait for normal operation
to return before attempting to use the unit.
Handling the CD player/In-dash CD
changer
The following precautions should be
observed.
• Do not spill any liquid on the audio
system.
6-18
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
• The CD revolves at high speed within
the unit. Defective (cracked or badly
bent) CDs should never be used.
• Do not use non-conventional discs such
as heart-shaped, octagonal discs, etc.
The CD player/changer could be
damaged.
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 19 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Interior Comfort
Audio System
• A new CD may have rough edges on its
inner and outer perimeters. If a disc
with rough edges is used, proper
setting will not be possible and the CD
player/changer will not play the CD.
Remove the rough edges in advance by
using a ball-point pen or pencil as
shown below. To remove the rough
edges, rub the side of the pen or pencil
against the inner and outer perimeter of
the CD.
• Be sure never to touch the signal
surface when handling the CDs. Pick
up a CD by grasping the outer edge or
the edge of the hole and the outer edge.
• Do not stick paper or tape on the CD.
Avoid scratching the reverse side (the
side without a label).
• When driving over uneven surfaces, the
sound will jump.
• Dust, finger smudges, and dirt can
decrease the amount of light reflected
from the signal surface, thus affecting
sound quality. If the CD should
become soiled, gently wipe it with a
soft cloth from the center of the CD to
the edge.
• Do not use record sprays, antistatic
agents, or household spray cleaners.
Volatile chemicals such as benzine and
thinner can also damage the surface of
the CD and must not be used. Anything
that can damage, warp, or fog plastic
should never be used to clean CDs.
• The CD player/changer has been
designed to play CDs bearing the
identification logo as shown. No other
discs can be played.
• CDs, like traditional audio records, are
made of plastic. To avoid warping,
keep the CDs in their cases and do not
store them where they will be exposed
to direct sunlight.
• The CD player/changer ejects the CD if
the CD is inserted upside down. Also
dirty and/or defective CDs may be
ejected.
• 8 cm (3 in) CDs and CD accessories
(e.g. 8 cm disc adapter) cannot be used
in the CD player/changer.
6-19
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 20 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Interior Comfort
Audio System
• Do not insert cleaning discs in the CD
player/changer.
• Do not insert any disc with a peel-off
or seal on it.
6-20
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 21 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Audio Set
CD Player
In-dash CD Changer
Illustration is of a representative audio unit.
Cassette Tape Player
Mini Disc (MD) Player
Power/Volume/Sound Controls ............................................................................................. 6-22
Clock ..................................................................................................................................... 6-24
Operating the Radio ............................................................................................................... 6-26
Operating the Cassette Tape Player ....................................................................................... 6-28
Operating the Mini Disc (MD) Player ................................................................................... 6-30
Operating the Compact Disc (CD) Player ............................................................................. 6-32
Operating the In-Dash CD Changer ...................................................................................... 6-34
Error Indications .................................................................................................................... 6-37
6-21
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 22 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Interior Comfort
Audio System
▼ Power/Volume/Sound Controls
Display
Power/Volume knob
Audio control knob
Power ON/OFF
Volume adjustment
Turn the ignition switch to the ACC or
ON position.
To adjust the volume, turn the power/
volume knob.
Press the power/volume knob to turn the
audio system on.
Press the power/volume knob again to
turn the audio system off.
Turn the power/volume knob to the right
to increase volume, to the left to decrease
it.
NOTE
To prevent the battery from being
discharged, do not leave the audio
system on for a long period when the
engine is not running.
6-22
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 23 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Audio sound adjustment
1. Press the audio control knob to select
bass, mid-range, treble, fade or balance
control. The selected function will be
indicated.
NOTE
About 5 seconds after selecting any
mode, the volume function will be
automatically selected. To reset bass,
mid-range, treble, fade, and balance,
press the audio control knob for 2
seconds. The unit will beep and "CL"
will be displayed.
2. Turn the audio control knob to adjust
the selected functions as follows:
Indication
Turn Left
Turn Right
Decrease bass
Increase bass
Decrease
mid-range
Increase
mid-range
Decrease
treble
Increase treble
Shift the
sound to the
front
Shift the
sound to the
rear
Shift the
sound to the
left
Shift the
sound to the
right
6-23
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 24 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Interior Comfort
Audio System
▼ Clock
Display
Clock button
Hour set
button
Minute set
button
Setting the time
Exact hour adjustment
The clock can be set at any time when the
ignition switch is in the ACC or ON
position.
1. To set the exact hour, press the clock
button (
) for about 2 seconds
until a beep is heard.
The clock’s current time will flash.
1. To adjust the time, press the clock
button (
) for about 2 seconds
until a beep is heard.
The clock’s current time will flash.
2. To advance the hours, press the hour
set button ( ). To advance the
minutes, press the minute set button
( ) while the time is flashing.
3. Press the clock button (
to start the clock.
) again
6-24
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
2. Press the clock button (
) again
and the time will be adjusted as
follows:
(Example)
12:01—12:29→12:00
12:30—12:59→1:00
NOTE
If the power supply to the unit is
interrupted (if the fuse blows or the
vehicle’s battery is disconnected), the
clock will need to be reset.
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 25 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Changing the display mode
The display on the unit can be changed by
pressing the clock button (
). This
alternates the display between time and
audio. When the clock mode has been
selected, the time will be displayed.
NOTE
If audio operation is selected while the
time mode is on, the selected audio
mode will be displayed for 10 seconds,
then the display will revert to the time
mode.
6-25
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 26 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Interior Comfort
Audio System
▼ Operating the Radio
Display
Band selector buttons
Seek tuning:
Higher
frequency
Scan button
Lower
frequency
Auto memory
button
Channel preset buttons
Tuning
Radio ON
Press a band selector button (
) to turn the radio on.
Manual tuning knob
or
Band selection
Choose AM by pressing the AM button
( ) and FM by pressing the FM1/2
button (
).
The selected mode will be indicated. If
FM stereo is being received, "ST" will be
displayed.
NOTE
If the FM broadcast signal becomes
weak, reception automatically changes
from STEREO to MONO for reduced
noise, and the "ST" indicator will go
out.
6-26
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
The radio has the following tuning
methods: Manual, Seek, Scan, Preset
channel, and Auto memory tuning. The
easiest way to tune stations is to set them
on preset channels.
NOTE
If the power supply is interrupted (fuse
blows or the battery is disconnected),
the preset channels will be canceled.
Manual tuning
Turning the manual tuning knob will
change the frequency higher or lower.
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 27 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Seek tuning
Pressing the seek tuning button
(
,
) will cause the tuner to seek a
higher or lower frequency automatically.
NOTE
If you continue to press and hold the
button, the frequency will continue
changing without stopping.
Scan tuning
Press the scan button (
) to
automatically sample strong stations.
Scanning stops at each station for about 5
seconds. To hold a station, merely press
the scan button (
) again during this
interval.
Preset channel tuning
The 6 preset channels can be used to store
6 AM and 12 FM stations.
1. To set a channel first select AM, FM1,
or FM2. Tune to the station you want.
2. Depress a channel preset button for
about 2 seconds until a beep is heard.
The preset channel number and station
frequency will be displayed. The
station is now held in the memory.
3. Repeat this operation for the other
stations and bands you want to store.
To tune one in the memory, select AM,
FM1, or FM2 and then press its
channel preset button. The station
frequency and the channel number will
be displayed.
NOTE
If the power supply is interrupted (fuse
blows or the battery is disconnected),
the preset channels will be canceled.
Auto memory tuning
This is especially useful when driving in
an area where the local stations are not
known. Additional AM/FM stations can
be stored without disturbing the
previously set channels.
Press and hold the auto memory button
(
) for about 2 seconds until a beep
is heard; the system will automatically
scan and temporarily store up to 6 stations
with the strongest frequencies in each
selected band in that area.
After scanning is completed, the station
with the strongest frequency will be tuned
and its frequency displayed.
Press and release the auto memory button
(
) to recall stations from the autostored stations. One stored station will be
selected each time; its frequency and
channel number will be displayed.
NOTE
If no stations can be tuned after
scanning operations, "A" will be
displayed.
6-27
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 28 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Interior Comfort
Audio System
▼ Operating the Cassette Tape Player
Display
Cassette tape play button
Fast-forward button
APC button:
(next program)
(one being
played)
Rewind
button
Repeat button
Dolby NR button
Cassette tape eject button
Program button
Cassette tape insert
Playing
Insert the cassette tape into the slot, open
edge to the right and cassette tape will
begin play and "TAPE" will be displayed.
At the end of the cassette tape, the unit
automatically reverses cassette tape play.
When
is lit, the cassette tape’s top side
is playing. When
is lit, the bottom side
is on.
Press the cassette tape play button
(
) to start playing when a
cassette tape is in the unit. If there isn’t a
cassette tape in the unit when the cassette
tape play button (
) is pressed,
"NO TAPE" will flash on and off in
sequence.
NOTE
When a metal tape is inserted, the
player will automatically compensate
for it and "MTL" will be displayed.
6-28
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
Dolby noise reduction
When using a tape with Dolby NR*, push
the Dolby NR button (
). The
symbol will be displayed. To play a tape
without Dolby NR, push the button once
again.
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 29 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Interior Comfort
Audio System
* Noise reduction system manufactured
under license from Dolby Laboratories
Licensing Corporation.
Dolby and the double-D symbol
are
trademarks of Dolby Laboratories
Licensing Corporation.
Ejecting the cassette tape
Press the cassette tape eject button (
eject the cassette tape.
) to
Press the APC button (
) to the
beginning of the next selection.
Press the APC button (
) to the
beginning of the one being played. To
stop this operation and play the cassette
tape, press the button again.
If APC detects 15 seconds of blank space
it will automatically advance the tape to
the next selection.
NOTE
NOTE
The cassette tape can be ejected when
the ignition switch is in the OFF
position.
APC may not operate properly if
• A tape was recorded at a low level.
• A tape has long, silent intervals.
Fast-forward/Rewind
• A tape is a live recording.
Press the fast-forward button (
) to
fast-forward.
Press the rewind button (
) to rewind.
To stop this operation and play the
cassette tape, press the button again.
• A tape has very short intervals of
less than 3 seconds.
NOTE
When the cassette tape ends during
fast forward or rewind, it automatically
stops and starts playing.
Reversing
Press the program button (
) to
change cassette tape-playing direction.
NOTE
When the cassette tape ends, the unit
automatically reverses play.
Automatic program control (APC)
APC is used to find the beginning of either
the next program or the one being played.
Repeat play
This operation makes it possible to listen
to a selection repeatedly.
Press the repeat button (
) during play.
The current selection playing will be
repeated ("RPT" will be displayed).
Press the repeat button (
) once again
to cancel repeat play.
NOTE
RPT may not operate properly if
• A tape was recorded at a low level.
• A tape has long, silent intervals.
• A tape is a live recording.
• A tape has very short intervals of
less than 3 seconds.
6-29
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 30 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Interior Comfort
Audio System
▼ Operating the Mini Disc (MD) Player
Display
MD play button
Fast-forward button
Track up
button
Scan
button
Track down
button
MD slot
Reverse
button
Display
button
MD eject
button
Repeat button Random button
MD display
Inserting the MD
Fast-forward/Reverse
Insert the MD, label-side up with the
arrow pointed to the slot. The autoloading mechanism will set the MD and
begin play. There will be a short lapse
before play begins while the player reads
the digital signals on the MD.
Press and hold the fast-forward button
(
) to advance through a track at high
speed.
Press and hold the reverse button (
)
to reverse through a track at high speed.
Playing
Press the MD play button (
) to
start playing when a MD is in the unit.
Ejecting the MD
Press the MD eject button (
MD.
) to eject the
6-30
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
Track search
Press the track up button (
) once to
skip forward to the beginning of the next
track.
Press the track down button (
) once to
skip back to the beginning of the current
track.
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 31 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Music scan
Changing the MD display
This feature helps to find a program by
playing about the first 10 seconds of each
track.
To change the MD display during MD
play, press and hold the display button
(
) for about half a second to advance
through each of the following displays:
Press the scan button (
) during play
to start scan play operation (the track
number will flash).
Press the scan button (
) once again
to cancel scan play.
Song title
Disc title
No display
NOTE
If the unit is left in scan, normal play
will resume where scan was selected.
Repeat play
This feature makes it possible to listen to
a selection repeatedly.
Press the repeat button (
) during play.
The current selection will be repeated
("RPT" will be displayed).
Press the repeat button (
) once again
to cancel repeat play.
NOTE
If there is no song or disc title recorded
on the MD, "NO TITLE" will be
displayed.
Long disc or song titles
When disc or song titles exceed 10 letters
or numerals, press the display button
(
) to display the remaining part of the
title.
Random play
This feature allows the MD player to
randomly select the order of the songs.
Press the random button (
) during
play. The next selection will be randomly
selected ("RDM" will be displayed).
Press the random button (
) once
again to cancel random play.
6-31
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 32 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Interior Comfort
Audio System
▼ Operating the Compact Disc (CD) Player
Disc-in indicator
CD play button
CD eject button
CD slot
Display
Fast-forward button
Scan
button
Track up
button
Track down
button
Reverse
button
Random button
Repeat button
Inserting the CD
Fast-forward/Reverse
Insert the CD into the slot, label-side up.
The auto-loading mechanism will set the
CD and begin play. There will be a short
lapse before play begins while the player
reads the digital signals on the CD.
The disc-in indicator will illuminate and
the track number will be displayed.
Press and hold the fast-forward button
(
) to advance through a track at high
speed.
Press and hold the reverse button (
)
to reverse through a track at high speed.
Playing
Press the CD play button (
) to start
playing when a CD is in the unit.
Ejecting the CD
Press the CD eject button (
CD.
) to eject the
6-32
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
Track search
Press the track up button (
) once to
skip forward to the beginning of the next
track.
Press the track down button (
) once to
skip back to the beginning of the current
track.
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 33 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Music scan
This feature helps to find a program by
playing about the first 10 seconds of each
track.
Press the scan button (
) during play
to start scan play operation (the track
number will flash).
Press the scan button (
) once again
to cancel scan play.
NOTE
If the unit is left in scan, normal play
will resume where scan was selected.
Repeat play
This feature makes it possible to listen to
a selection repeatedly.
Press the repeat button (
) during play.
The current selection will be repeated
("RPT" will be displayed).
Press the repeat button (
) once again
to cancel repeat play.
Random play
This feature allows the CD player to
randomly select the order of the songs.
Press the random button (
) during
play. The next selection will be randomly
selected ("RDM" will be displayed).
Press the random button (
) once
again to cancel random play.
6-33
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 34 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Interior Comfort
Audio System
▼ Operating the In-Dash CD Changer
CD play button
CD eject button
CD slot
Display
Fast-forward button
Load button
Track up
button
Scan
button
Track down
button
Auto memory
button
Disc down
button
Reverse
button
Disc up button
Random button
Repeat button
Power/Volume knob
Inserting the CD
Normal insertion
The CD must be label-side up when
inserting. The auto-loading mechanism
will set the CD and begin play. There will
be a short lapse before play begins while
the player reads the digital signals on the
CD.
The disc number and the track number
will be displayed.
1. Press the load button (
NOTE
A CD cannot be inserted while the
display reads "WAIT". A beeping
sound can be heard during this waiting
time. Simultaneously pressing the
power/volume knob and the load
button (
) for about 2 seconds will
turn this beeping sound ON or OFF.
6-34
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
).
2. When "In" is displayed, insert the CD.
Inserting CDs into desired tray number
1. Press and hold the load button (
)
for about 2 seconds until a beep is
heard.
2. Press the channel preset button for the
desired tray number within 5 seconds
after the beep is heard.
3. When "In" is displayed, insert the CD.
NOTE
The CD cannot be inserted to the
desired tray number if the number is
already occupied.
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 35 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Multiple insertion
Multiple ejection
1. Press and hold the load button (
)
for about 2 seconds until a beep is
heard.
1. Press and hold the CD eject button (
for about 2 seconds until a beep is
heard.
2. When "In" is displayed, insert the CD.
2. Wait 5 seconds or press the CD eject
button ( ) again within 5 seconds
after the beep is heard.
3. When "In" is displayed again, insert
the next CD.
)
3. Pull out the CD, then the next CD will
be ejected.
NOTE
The first-inserted CD will be played
automatically when:
NOTE
• CDs will be ejected starting with the
one with the lowest number.
• No CD is inserted within 15
seconds after "In" is displayed.
• All CDs in the tray will be ejected
continuously.
• The CD trays are full.
• CDs can be ejected when the
ignition switch is off. Press and hold
the CD eject button ( ) for about 2
seconds and all CDs will eject.
Ejecting the CD
Normal ejection
1. Press the CD eject button ( ). The
disc number and "OUT" will be
displayed.
Playing
2. Pull out the CD.
Press the CD play button ( ) to start
playing when a CD is in the unit.
NOTE
Fast-forward/Reverse
When the CD is ejected during play,
the next CD will be played
automatically.
Press and hold the fast-forward button
(
) to advance through a track at high
speed.
Press and hold the reverse button (
)
to reverse through a track at high speed.
Ejecting CDs from desired tray number
1. Press and hold the CD eject button (
for about 2 seconds until a beep is
heard.
)
2. Press the channel preset button for the
desired CD number within 5 seconds
after the beep is heard.
3. Pull out the CD.
Track search
Press the track up button (
) once to
skip forward to the beginning of the next
track.
Press the track down button (
) once to
skip back to the beginning of the current
track.
6-35
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 36 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Disc search
Press the disc up button (
) to skip
forward to the beginning of the next CD.
Press the disc down button (
) to
skip back to the beginning of the previous
CD.
Music scan
This feature helps to find a program by
playing about the first 10 seconds of each
track.
Press the scan button (
) during play
to start scan play operation (the track
number will flash).
Press the scan button (
) once again
to cancel scan play.
NOTE
If the unit is left in scan, normal play
will resume where scan was selected.
Repeat play
This feature makes it possible to listen to
a selection repeatedly.
Press the repeat button (
) during play.
The current selection will be repeated
("RPT" will be displayed).
Press the repeat button (
) once again
to cancel repeat play.
Random play
This feature allows the CD player to
randomly select the order of the songs.
Press the random button (
) during
play. The next selection will be randomly
selected ("RDM" will be displayed).
Press the random button (
) once
again to cancel random play.
6-36
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 37 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Interior Comfort
Audio System
▼ Error Indications
If you see an error indication on the display, find the cause in the chart. If you cannot clear
the error indication, take the vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Indication
Cause
CHECK MD
MD is inserted upside down
CHECK MD
MD is defective
CHECK CD
CD is inserted upside down
CHECK CD
CD is defective
Solution
Insert the MD properly. If the error indication
does not disappear, consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer
Insert another MD properly. If the error
indication does not disappear, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer
Insert the CD properly. If the error indication
does not disappear, consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer
Check the CD for scratches or soiling
6-37
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 38 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Audio Control Switch
Operation
▼ Adjusting the Volume
To increase the volume, press volume
button ( ).
To decrease the volume, press volume
button ( ).
NOTE
Mazda installed this system to help
you avoid being too distracted using
audio controls on the dashboard.
Always make safe driving your first
priority.
6-38
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
▼ Changing the Source
Press the mode switch (
) to change
the audio source (AM radio>FM1
radio>FM2 radio>Cassette tape player or
MD player>CD player or CD
changer>cyclical).
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 39 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Interior Comfort
Audio System
▼ Seek Switch
When listening to the radio
Press the seek switch (
) to seek a
higher frequency automatically.
When playing a cassette tape
Press the seek switch (
), release, and
it will advance to the next selection.
When playing a CD or MD
Press the seek switch (
next track.
) to skip to the
▼ Mute Switch
Press the mute switch ( ) once to mute
audio, press it again to resume audio
output.
6-39
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 40 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Safety Certification
This CD player is made and tested to meet exacting safety standards. It meets FCC
requirements and complies with safety performance standards of the U.S. Department of
Health and Human Services.
CAUTION
• This CD player should not be adjusted or repaired by anyone except qualified service
personnel.
If servicing is required, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
• Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those
specified herein may result in hazardous laser exposure. Never operate the CD player
with the top case of the unit removed.
• Changes or modifications not expressly approved by Mazda may void the user’s
authority to operate this equipment.
NOTE
For CD player section:
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions: (1)This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2)
this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause
undesired operation.
NOTE
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital
device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide
reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This
equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed
and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio
communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a
particular installation.
6-40
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 41 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
Sunvisors
When you need a sunvisor, lower it for use
in front or swing it to the side.
Sunvisor
Interior Lights
▼ Illuminated Entry System
When the switch is in the DOOR position,
the overhead light, the luggage
compartment light and the courtesy lights
come on for:
• about 30 seconds after the driver’s door
is unlocked and the ignition key is
removed.
• about 15 seconds after all doors are
closed.
• about 15 seconds after the key is
removed from the ignition.
▼ Vanity Mirrors
To use the vanity mirror, lower the
sunvisor.
If your vehicle is equipped with a vanity
mirror light, it will illuminate when you
pull the cover up.
The light also goes out when:
• the ignition switch is turned to the ON
position and all doors are closed.
• the driver’s door is locked.
NOTE
If any door is left opened, the light
goes out after about 5 minutes.
The light turns on again when the
ignition switch is turned to the ON
position, or when any door is opened
after all doors have been closed.
6-41
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 42 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
▼ Overhead Lights
OFF
Front
DOOR
Without sunroof
(with overhead console)
Light off
• Light on when any door or the
liftgate is open
• Light on or off when the
illuminated entry system is on
Rear
DOO
R
OFF
Without sunroof
(without overhead console)
OFF
OFF
DOOR
DOOR
OFF
ON
With sunroof
DOOR
OFF
6-42
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
ON
DOOR
Light off
• Light on when any door or the
liftgate is open
• Light on or off when the
illuminated entry system is on
Light on
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 43 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
▼ Map Lights
▼ Luggage Compartment Light
The map lights are switched on or off by
pressing the switches.
Without sunroof
(with overhead console)
ON
DOO
R
OFF
OFF
OFF
Map light
Without sunroof
(without overhead console)
ON
Light off
• Light on when any door or the
liftgate is open
• Light on or off when the
illuminated entry system is on
▼ Courtesy Lights
Turns on when any door is open or the
illuminated entry system is on.
Map light
Map light
With sunroof
Courtesy
Light
Map light
Map light
6-43
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 44 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
Lighter
The ignition switch must be in the ACC or
ON position.
Press the lighter in and release it. When
ready for use, it automatically pops out.
Ashtray
CAUTION
Don’t use the ashtray for trash. You
might start a fire.
▼ Front
To open, pull the tray out and open the
cover.
CAUTION
• Don’t touch the metal part of the
lighter, you may burn yourself.
• Don’t hold the lighter in because it
will overheat.
• Don’t use the lighter socket for
plug-in accessories such as shavers
and coffee pots. They may damage
it or cause electrical failure. Use
only a genuine Mazda lighter or the
equivalent.
• If the lighter doesn’t pop out within
30 seconds, remove it to prevent
overheating.
6-44
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
To remove, open and pull up the ashtray.
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 45 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
▼ Rear
Type B
CAUTION
To remove, open and push down on the
lock spring.
Using an ashtray removed from its
fixed position or not completely
inserted is dangerous. Cigarettes could
roll around or spill out of the ashtray
into the vehicle and start a fire.
Moreover, cigarette stubs will not
extinguish themselves completely even
if the ashtray lid is closed. Only use a
rear ashtray in its fixed position, and
make sure it is completely inserted.
Type A
To remove, open the cover and pull the
ashtray upward.
6-45
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 46 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
Cup Holder
▼ Front
To use, pull the tray out.
WARNING
Using Cup Holder:
Using a cup holder to hold hot liquids
while the vehicle is moving is
dangerous. If the contents spill, you
could be scalded. Never use a cup
holder to hold hot liquids while the
vehicle is moving.
Don’t Put Anything Other Than Cups
or Drink-cans in Cup Holder:
Putting objects other than cups or
drink-cans in a cup holder is
dangerous.
During sudden braking or
maneuvering, occupants could be hit
and injured, or objects could be
thrown around the vehicle, causing
interference with the driver and the
possibility of an accident. Only use a
cup holder for cups or drink-cans.
CAUTION
To reduce the possibility of injury in an
accident or a sudden stop, keep a cup
holder closed when not in use.
6-46
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
▼ Rear
Second seat (Passenger seat only)
The rear cup holder is on the right of the
second-row seat. To use the cup holder,
pull it out.
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 47 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
Seat side table
Third seat
To use the cup holder
If an ashtray is equipped, pull it out and
use the hole for an additional cup holder.
1. Raise the table (page 2-8).
2. Pull the cup holder end to extend it
rearwards.
Ashtray
▼ Bottle Holder
To collapse the table
Bottle holders are on the inside of the
sliding doors.
1. Push the cup holder back into the table.
2. Pull the lever under the table, then
lower it (page 2-8). After the table is
collapsed, press the table surface to
lock it in place.
CAUTION
Don’t use the bottle holders for
containers without caps. The contents
may spill when a sliding door is
opened.
6-47
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 48 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
Storage Compartments
WARNING
2. Take out the two pieces of urethane
spacer.
3. Open the cap by pushing it from inside
the box.
Open Storage Boxes:
Driving with the storage boxes open is
dangerous. To reduce the possibility
of injury in an accident or a sudden
stop, keep the storage boxes closed
when driving.
CAUTION
In hot weather, don’t leave
combustible materials or objects which
will deform in extreme heat such as
lighters and glasses in the vehicle.
Cap
4. Store the garage door opener by
adjusting the thickness with the
urethane spacers.
▼ Overhead Console
▼ Eyeglass Holder
This console box is designed to store a
garage door opener or other accessories.
Push and release to open.
Push the lid to open.
To store the garage door opener:
1. Open the console box.
6-48
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 49 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
▼ Glove Box
To open the glove box, pull the latch
toward you.
The door has a lock, insert the key and
turn it clockwise to lock,
counterclockwise to unlock.
▼ Under Seat Tray (Front
Passenger Seat Only)
Lift the latch and pull the tray forward.
Unlock
Lock
▼ Storage Box (In Seat Side Table)
To use the storage box
▼ Front Console
1. Raise the table (page 2-8).
Pull the latch to open.
2. Push the button to open.
Button
6-49
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 50 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
To collapse the table
▼ Cargo Securing Loops
1. Close the lid on the storage box.
2. Pull the lever under the table, then
lower it (page 2-8). After the table is
collapsed, press the table surface to
lock it in place.
WARNING
Not Securing Cargo:
Not securing cargo while driving is
dangerous. The cargo could move or
be crushed in sudden braking or a
collision and cause injury. Make sure
the luggage is secured before driving.
Use the loops in the luggage compartment
to secure cargo with a rope or net. The
tensile strength of the loops is 196 N (20
kgf, 44.1 lbf). Do not apply excessive
force to the loops as it will damage them.
Floor
▼ Rear Console
Push the knob and open the cover.
Rear side trim
6-50
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 51 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
▼ Shopping Bag Hooks
The shopping bag hooks can be used for
hanging shopping bags.
CAUTION
Do not hang excessive weight on the
hooks as they will be damaged.
Accessory Sockets
The ignition switch must be in the ACC or
ON position.
Only use genuine Mazda accessories or
the equivalent requiring no greater than
12V—10A.
Front
Cap
Shopping bag hook
(tensile strength:
3 kg (6.6 lb))
Rear
6-51
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 52 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
CAUTION
To prevent accessory socket damage or
electrical failure, pay attention to the
following;
• Don’t use accessories that require
more than 12V—10A.
• Don’t use accessories that are not
genuine Mazda accessories or the
equivalent.
• Close the cover when the accessory
socket is not in use.
• Correctly insert the plug into the
accessory socket.
NOTE
To prevent discharging the battery,
don’t use the socket for long periods
with the engine off or idling.
6-52
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 1 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
7
In Case of an Emergency
Helpful information on what to do in an emergency.
Parking in an Emergency ........................................................... 7- 2
Parking in an Emergency ......................................................... 7- 2
Flat Tire ........................................................................................ 7- 3
Spare Tire and Tool Storage .................................................... 7- 3
Changing a Flat Tire ................................................................ 7- 8
Overheating ................................................................................. 7-15
Overheating ............................................................................. 7-15
Emergency Starting .................................................................... 7-17
Starting a Flooded Engine ....................................................... 7-17
Jump-Starting .......................................................................... 7-17
Push-Starting ........................................................................... 7-19
Emergency Towing ...................................................................... 7-20
Towing Description ................................................................. 7-20
Tiedown Hooks ........................................................................ 7-21
Recreational Towing ................................................................ 7-21
7-1
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 2 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
In Case of an Emergency
Parking in an Emergency
Parking in an Emergency
The hazard warning lights should always
be used when you stop on or near a
roadway.
The hazard warning lights warn other
drivers that your vehicle is a traffic hazard
and that they must take extreme caution
when near it.
Hazard warning flasher switch
Depress the hazard warning switch and all
four turn signals will flash at once.
NOTE
• The turn signals don’t work when
the hazard warning lights are on.
• Check local regulations about the
use of hazard warning lights while
the vehicle is being towed. They
may forbid it.
7-2
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 3 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
Spare Tire and Tool Storage
Spare tire and tools are stored in the locations illustrated in the diagram.
Jack
Tool bag
Spare tire
Spare tire lever
Tire clamp
Jack lever
Vinyl bag
Lug wrench
Flat tire securing bolt
7-3
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 4 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
▼ Jack
To secure the jack
To remove the jack
Perform the removal procedure in reverse.
1. Remove the cover.
▼ Spare Tire
Your Mazda has a temporary spare tire.
The temporary spare tire is lighter and
smaller than a conventional tire, and is
designed only for emergency use and
should be used only for VERY short
periods. Temporary spares should
NEVER be used for long drives or
extended periods.
WARNING
Driving with a Temporary Spare Tire
on Ice or Snow:
Driving with a spare tire on the front
(driving) wheels on ice or snow is
dangerous. Handling will be affected.
You could lose control of the vehicle
and have an accident. Put the spare
tire on the rear axle and move a
regular tire to the front.
2. Remove the tool bag.
Tool bag
3. Turn the wing bolt counterclockwise.
Wing bolt
Jack
7-4
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 5 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
To remove the spare tire
CAUTION
To avoid damage to the temporary
spare or to the vehicle, observe the
following precautions:
• Don’t exceed 80 km/h (50 mph).
• Avoid driving over obstacles.
Also, don’t drive through an
automatic car wash. This tire’s
diameter is smaller than a
conventional tire’s, so the ground
clearance is reduced about 25 mm
(1 in).
1. Have everyone get out of the vehicle
and away from the vehicle and traffic.
2. For side-spoiler equipped vehicles,
remove the fasteners on both sides of
the spoiler cap by turning them
counterclockwise.
Pull the spoiler cap out and to the left.
Fastener
• Don’t use a tire chain on this tire
because it won’t fit properly.
• Don’t use your temporary spare on
any other vehicle; it has been
designed only for your Mazda.
• Do not tow a trailer while using this
tire.
• Use only one temporary spare tire
on your vehicle at the same time.
NOTE
• Install the side spoiler cap in reverse
order of removal.
• After installing the side spoiler cap,
make sure it is securely attached.
Spoiler cap
7-5
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 6 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
3. Locate the spare tire carrier socket cap
on the right, in front of the second-row
seat. Unscrew it by turning it
counterclockwise.
7. Slowly turn the lug wrench
counterclockwise until the spare tire
reaches the ground and the cable
becomes loose.
Spare tire
4. Remove the spare tire lever and lug
wrench from the tool bag.
CAUTION
5. Raise the reclining lever and lower the
seatback forward.
Make sure the seatback is locked.
• Turning the lug wrench without
reclining the seat could damage the
seatback.
6. Insert the spare tire lever into the spare
tire carrier socket. Fit the lug wrench to
the opposite end of the spare tire lever.
• Applying excessive lateral force
while the spare tire lever is attached
may result in damage to the socket.
Lug wrench
Spare tire
lever
7-6
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
NOTE
The spare tire lever remains locked in
the socket while the spare tire is being
lowered.
Unless the cable is rolled up
completely, the spare tire lever cannot
be removed from the socket.
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 7 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
8. Rotate the small lever on top of the
retaining plate and pull the retaining
plate out from the center hole of the
tire.
Retaining
plate
To secure the spare tire
1. Place the tire with the outer side facing
upward, rotate the small lever on top of
the retaining plate and slide the
retaining plate through the center hole
of the tire.
Rotate the small lever into place.
Lever
Retaining
plate
Retaining
plate
CAUTION
• Applying excessive lateral force
while the spare tire lever is attached
may result in damage to the socket.
• Place the specialized temporary
spare tire in the spare tire carrier
correctly.
Placing the specialized temporary
spare tire wrong side up or using
any tire other than the small
temporary spare tire designed for
use with this vehicle will result in
poor attachment and insufficient
ground clearance in the spare tire
carrier and the danger of the tire
falling off.
NOTE
Unless the cable is rolled up
completely, the spare tire lever cannot
be removed from the socket.
3. Replace the spare tire carrier cap in the
socket and turn it until the spare tire is
pulled up tight.
Spare tire
2. Raise the spare tire slowly in reverse
order of removal.
7-7
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 8 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
CAUTION
• If you hear rattling from the spare
tire carrier while the vehicle is
moving, the spare tire carrier cable
may be cut.
Have it repaired at an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
• When the spare tire carrier socket
cap is screwed completely tight, the
spare tire is locked in the highest
position.
If the spare tire carrier socket cap is
not screwed completely tight and
the cable is by chance cut, the spare
tire could fall off.
Changing a Flat Tire
NOTE
If the following occurs while driving, it
could indicate a flat tire.
• Steering becomes difficult.
• The vehicle begins to vibrate
excessively.
• The vehicle pulls in one direction.
If you have a flat tire, drive slowly to a
level spot that is well off the road and out
of the way of traffic to change the tire.
Stopping in traffic or on the shoulder of a
busy road is dangerous.
WARNING
Jacking a Vehicle:
Changing a tire is dangerous if not
done properly. The vehicle can slip off
the jack and seriously injure
someone.
Be sure to follow the directions for
changing a tire, and never get under a
vehicle that is supported only by a
jack.
Passenger in Vehicle Supported by a
Jack:
Allowing someone to remain in a
vehicle supported by a jack is
dangerous. The occupant could cause
the vehicle to fall resulting in serious
injury. Never allow anyone inside a
vehicle supported by a jack.
7-8
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 9 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
NOTE
Make sure the jack is well lubricated
before using it.
1. Park on a level surface off the right-ofway and firmly set the parking brake.
2. Shift into Park (P) and turn off the
engine.
3. Turn on the hazard warning flasher.
4. Have everyone get out of the vehicle
and away from the vehicle and traffic.
CAUTION
If the jack leans towards the front or
the rear when jacking up, lower the
vehicle until the wheels are firmly on
the ground. Then confirm that the
parking brake is set, the shift lever is in
Park (P), then push the blocks firmly
under the blocked tire.
▼ Removing a Flat Tire
1. Pry off the wheel cover with the
beveled end of the jack lever.
5. Remove the jack, tool, and spare tire
(page 7-3).
6. Block the wheel diagonally opposite
the flat tire. When blocking a front
wheel, place the block both in front and
behind the tire. When blocking a rear
wheel, place the block both in front and
behind the tire.
Wheel cover
Jack lever
NOTE
Force the end of the jack lever firmly
between wheel and cover, or removal
will be difficult.
7-9
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 10 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
CAUTION
Align the notch on the wheel cover
with the valve stem when installing it.
3. Place the jack under the jacking
position closest to the tire being
changed.
Notch
Tire valve
Jacking position
Damage could occur during
installation if the wheel cover is not
properly aligned.
2. Loosen the lug nuts by turning them
counterclockwise one turn each, but
don’t remove any until the tire has been
raised off the ground.
WARNING
Incorrect Jacking Position:
Attempting to jack the vehicle in
positions other than those
recommended in this manual is
dangerous. The vehicle could slip off
the jack and seriously injure or even
kill someone. Use only the front and
rear jacking positions recommended
in this manual.
Improper Jack:
Using a jack that isn’t designed for
your Mazda is dangerous. The vehicle
could slip off the jack and seriously
injure someone. Use only the jack
provided with your Mazda.
Placing Objects Under the Jack:
Jacking the vehicle with an object
under the jack is dangerous. The jack
could slip and someone could be
seriously injured by the jack or the
falling vehicle. Never place objects
under the jack.
7-10
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 11 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
4. Insert the jack lever and attach the lug
wrench to tire jack.
Lug wrench
Jack lever
5. Turn the lug wrench clockwise and
raise the vehicle high enough so that
the spare tire can be installed. Before
removing the lug nuts, make sure your
Mazda is firmly in position and that it
cannot slip or move.
▼ Locking Lug Nuts
If your vehicle has optional antitheft
wheel lug nuts, one on each wheel will
lock the tires and you must use a special
key to unlock them. This key is attached
to the lug wrench and is stored with the
spare tire. Register them with the lock
manufacturer by filling out the card
provided in the glove box and mailing it in
the accompanying envelope. If you lose
your key, consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer or use the lock manufacturer’s
order form, which is with the registration
card.
Antitheft lug nut
Special key
To remove an antitheft lug nut
1. Get the key for the locking lug nut.
6. Remove the lug nuts by turning them
counterclockwise; then remove the
wheel.
2. Place it on top of the nut, and be sure to
hold the key square to it. If you hold
the key at an angle, you may damage
both key and nut. Don’t use a power
impact wrench.
3. Place the lug wrench on top of the key
and apply pressure. Turn the wrench
counterclockwise.
7-11
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 12 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
To replace the nut
1. Place the key on top of the nut.
3. Install the lug nuts with the beveled
edge inward; tighten them by hand.
2. Place the lug wrench on top of the key,
apply pressure, and turn it clockwise.
▼ Mounting the Spare Tire
1. Remove dirt and grime from the
mounting surfaces of the wheel and
hub, including the hub bolts, with a
cloth.
WARNING
WARNING
Removing Dirt and Grime from
Wheels, Hubs and Hub Bolts:
When changing or replacing a tire,
not removing dirt and grime from the
mounting surfaces of the wheel, hub
and hub bolts is dangerous. The lug
nuts could loosen while driving and
cause the tire to come off, resulting in
an accident. Make sure the mounting
surfaces of the wheel, hub and lug
nuts are clean before changing or
replacing tires.
2. Mount the spare tire.
7-12
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
Don’t apply Oil or Grease to Lug
Nuts, Bolts:
Applying oil or grease to lug nuts and
bolts is dangerous. The lug nuts could
loosen while driving and cause the
tire to come off, resulting in an
accident. In addition, lug nuts and
bolts could be damaged if tightened
more than necessary. Do not apply oil
or grease to lug nuts and bolts and do
not tighten the lug nuts beyond the
recommended tightening torque.
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 13 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
4. Turn the lug wrench counterclockwise
and lower the vehicle. Use the lug
wrench to tighten the nuts in the order
shown.
If you’re unsure of how tight the nuts
should be, have them inspected at a
service station.
Nut tightening torque:
N·m (kgf·m, ft·lbf)
108—147
(11—15, 80—108)
WARNING
Loose Lug Nuts:
Improperly or loosely tightened lug
nuts are dangerous. The wheel could
wobble or come off. This could result
in loss of vehicle control and cause a
serious accident. Always securely and
correctly tighten the lug nuts.
Metric Studs and Lug Nuts:
Because the wheel studs and lug nuts
on your Mazda have metric threads,
using a non-metric nut is dangerous.
On a metric stud, it would not secure
the wheel and would damage the stud,
which could cause the wheel to slip
off and cause an accident. Be sure to
reinstall the same nuts you removed
or replace them with metric nuts of
the same configuration.
Incorrect Tire Air Pressure:
Driving on tires with incorrect air
pressure is dangerous. Tires with
incorrect pressure could affect
handling and result in an accident.
Don’t drive with any tires that have
incorrect air pressure. When you
check the regular tires’ air pressure,
check the spare tire, too.
5. Put the flat tire in the special vinyl bag
and tie it at the top.
7-13
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 14 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
6. With the tire facing outward, punch a
hole through the vinyl bag and the
center hole, using the flat tire securing
bolt.
8. Install the flat tire with the tire securing
bolt hooked in the anchor clip as shown
below.
Flat tire securing bolt
7. Lift the anchor clip on the back of
third-row seat.
9. Secure the flat tire with the tire clamp
and wing nut as shown below.
Have the damaged tire repaired as soon
as possible.
Tire clamp
Wing nut
NOTE
• If the tire rattles even through the
wing nut is tightened, reverse the
tire clamp and retighten the wing
nut.
• To prevent the jack and tool from
rattling, store them properly.
7-14
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 15 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
In Case of an Emergency
Overheating
Overheating
If the temperature gauge indicates
overheating, the vehicle loses power, or
you hear a loud knocking or pinging
noise, the engine is probably too hot.
If this happens:
1. Drive safely to the side of the road and
park off the right-of-way.
2. Shift into park (P).
Apply the parking brake.
3. Turn off the air conditioner.
WARNING
Steam from Overheated Engine:
Steam from an overheated engine is
dangerous. The escaping steam could
seriously burn you. Open the hood
ONLY after steam is no longer
escaping from the engine.
4. Check whether coolant or steam is
escaping from under the hood or from
the engine compartment.
If steam is coming from the engine
compartment:
Don’t go near the front of the vehicle.
Stop the engine. Then turn the ignition
switch to the ON position without
starting the engine.
The radiator cooling fans will start to
cool the engine.
If neither coolant nor steam is
escaping:
Open the hood and idle the engine until
it cools. If this doesn’t lower the
temperature, stop the engine and let it
cool.
5. Check the coolant level.
If it’s low, look for leaks in the radiator
hoses and connections, heater hoses
and connections, radiator, and water
pump.
If you find a leak or other damage, or if
coolant is still leaking, stop the engine
and call an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Coolant reservoir
Cooling
system cap
F
L
If you find no problems, the engine is
cool, and no leaks are obvious, carefully
add coolant as required (page 8-11).
7-15
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 16 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
In Case of an Emergency
Overheating
WARNING
Cooling System Cap:
When the engine and radiator are
hot, scalding coolant and steam may
shoot out under pressure and cause
serious injury. Don’t remove the
cooling system cap when the engine
and radiator are hot.
CAUTION
If the engine continues to overheat or
frequently overheats, have the cooling
system inspected. The engine could be
seriously damaged unless repairs are
made.
7-16
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 17 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
In Case of an Emergency
Emergency Starting
Starting a Flooded Engine
If the engine fails to start, it may be
flooded (excessive fuel in the engine).
Follow this procedure:
1. Depress the accelerator all the way and
hold it there.
2. Turn the ignition switch to the START
position and hold it there—for up to 10
seconds. If the engine starts, release the
key and accelerator immediately
because the engine will suddenly rev
up.
3. If the engine fails to start, crank it
without using the accelerator—for up
to 10 seconds.
Jump-Starting
Jump-starting is dangerous if done
incorrectly. So follow the procedure
carefully. If you feel unsure about jumpstarting, we strongly recommend that you
have a competent service technician do
the work.
WARNING
Battery-Related Explosion:
Flames and sparks near open battery
cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas,
produced during normal battery
operation, could ignite and cause the
battery to explode. An exploding
battery can cause serious burns and
injuries. Keep all flames, including
cigarettes, and sparks away from
open battery cells.
Low Fluid Level or Frozen Battery:
Jump-starting a frozen battery or one
with a low fluid level is dangerous. It
may rupture or explode, causing
serious injury.
Don’t jump-start a frozen battery or
one with a low fluid level.
CAUTION
Use only a 12 V booster system. You
can damage a 12 V starter, ignition
system, and other electrical parts
beyond repair with a 24 V power
supply (two 12 V batteries in series or
a 24 V motor generator set).
1. Make sure the booster battery is 12 V
and that its negative terminal is
grounded.
7-17
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 18 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
In Case of an Emergency
Emergency Starting
2. If the booster battery is in another
vehicle, don’t allow the vehicles to
touch. Turn off the engine of the
vehicle with the booster battery and all
unnecessary electrical loads in both
vehicles.
3. Connect the jumper cables in the exact
sequence as in the illustration.
• Connect one end of a cable to the
positive terminal on the discharged
battery (1).
• Attach the other end to the positive
terminal on the booster battery (2).
• Connect one end of the other cable
to the negative terminal of the
booster battery (3).
• Connect the other end to a solid,
stationary, exposed metallic point
(for example, the engine hanger)
away from the discharged battery
(4).
Jumper
cables
Discharged
battery
Booster battery
Connect cables in
numerical order and
disconnect in reverse
order.
7-18
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
WARNING
Connecting to Negative Terminal:
Connecting the end of the second
cable to the negative ( ) terminal of
the discharged battery is dangerous.
A spark could cause the gas around
the battery to explode and injure
someone. Connect the cable to a point
away from the battery.
Connecting Jumper Cable to a
Moving Part:
Connecting a jumper cable near or to
a moving parts (cooling fans, belts) is
dangerous. The cable could get
caught when the engine starts and
cause serious injury. Never connect a
jumper cable to or near any part that
moves.
4. Start the engine of the booster vehicle
and run it a few minutes. Then start the
engine of the other vehicle.
5. When finished, carefully disconnect
the cables in the reverse order
described in Step 3.
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 19 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
In Case of an Emergency
Emergency Starting
Push-Starting
You can’t start a vehicle with an automatic
transaxle by pushing it.
7-19
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 20 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
In Case of an Emergency
Emergency Towing
Towing Description
We recommend that towing be done only
by an Authorized Mazda Dealer or a
commercial tow-truck service.
Proper lifting and towing are necessary to
prevent damage to the vehicle.
Government and local laws must be
followed.
CAUTION
Don’t tow the vehicle pointed
backward with driving wheels on the
ground. This may cause internal
damage to the transaxle.
A towed vehicle usually should have its
front wheels off the ground. If excessive
damage or other conditions prevent this,
use wheel dollies.
CAUTION
Wheel dollies
When towing with the rear wheels on the
ground, release the parking brake.
7-20
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
Don’t tow with sling-type equipment.
This could damage your vehicle. Use
wheel-lift or flatbed equipment.
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 21 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
In Case of an Emergency
Emergency Towing
Tiedown Hooks
CAUTION
Don’t use the tiedown hooks under the
front and rear for towing.
They are designed ONLY for tying
down the vehicle when it’s being
transported. Using them for towing
will damage the bumper.
Recreational Towing
An example of “ recreational towing ” is
towing your vehicle behind a motorhome.
The transaxle is not designed for towing
this vehicle on all 4 wheels.
When doing recreational towing refer to
“ Towing Description ” (page 7-20) and
“ Tiedown Hooks ” (page 7-21) and
carefully follow the instructions.
▼ Tiedown Hooks-Front
▼ Tiedown Hook-Rear
7-21
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 22 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
7-22
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 1 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
8
Maintenance and Care
How to keep your Mazda in top condition.
Introduction ................................................................................. 8- 2
Introduction ............................................................................. 8- 2
Scheduled Maintenance .............................................................. 8- 3
Scheduled Maintenance ........................................................... 8- 3
Owner Maintenance .................................................................... 8- 6
Owner Maintenance Schedule ................................................. 8- 6
Owner Maintenance Precautions ............................................. 8- 7
Engine Compartment Overview .............................................. 8- 8
Engine Oil ................................................................................ 8- 9
Engine Coolant ........................................................................ 8-11
Brake Fluid .............................................................................. 8-13
Power Steering Fluid ............................................................... 8-14
Automatic Transaxle Fluid (ATF) ........................................... 8-15
Washer Fluid ............................................................................ 8-16
Body Lubrication ..................................................................... 8-17
Air Filter .................................................................................. 8-17
Wiper Blades ........................................................................... 8-18
Battery ..................................................................................... 8-22
Tires ......................................................................................... 8-23
Light Bulbs .............................................................................. 8-27
Fuses ........................................................................................ 8-33
Appearance Care ......................................................................... 8-38
How to Minimize Environmental Paint Damage ..................... 8-38
Exterior Care ........................................................................... 8-40
Interior Care ............................................................................ 8-43
8-1
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 2 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Maintenance and Care
Introduction
Introduction
Be extremely careful and prevent injury to yourself and others or damage to your vehicle
when using this manual for inspection and maintenance.
If you’re unsure about any procedure it describes, we strongly urge you to have a reliable
and qualified service shop perform the work, preferably an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Factory-trained Mazda technicians and genuine Mazda parts are best for your vehicle.
Without this expertise and the parts that have been designed and made especially for your
Mazda, inadequate, incomplete, and insufficient servicing may result in problems. This
could lead to vehicle damage or an accident and injuries.
For expert advice and quality service, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
The owner should retain evidence that proper maintenance has been performed as
prescribed.
Claims against the warranty resulting from lack of maintenance, as opposed to defective
materials or authorized Mazda workmanship, will not be honored.
Any auto repair shop using parts equivalent to your Mazda’s original equipment may
perform maintenance. But we recommend that it always be done by an Authorized
Mazda Dealer using genuine Mazda parts.
8-2
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 3 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
Scheduled Maintenance
Follow Schedule 1 if the vehicle is operated mainly where none of the following conditions
apply.
If any do apply, follow Schedule 2 (Canada and Puerto Rico residents follow Schedule 2).
• Repeated short-distance driving
• Driving in dusty conditions
• Driving with extended use of brakes
• Driving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are being used
• Driving on rough or muddy roads
• Extended periods of idling or low-speed operation
• Driving for long periods in cold temperatures or extremely humid climates
• Towing a trailer
NOTE
After the prescribed period, continue to follow the described maintenance at the
recommended intervals.
8-3
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 4 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
▼ Schedule 1
I:
R:
L:
C:
Maintenance Interval
(Number of months
or kilometers (miles),
whichever comes first)
Inspect and repair, clean, adjust, or replace if necessary.
Replace
Lubricate
Clean
Months
×1000 km
6
12
12
24
18
36
24
48
30
60
36
72
42
84
48
96
×1000 miles
7.5
15
22.5
30
37.5
45
52.5
60
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
I
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
I
I
ENGINE
Engine oil
Engine oil filter
Drive belts
PCV valve*1
IGNITION SYSTEM
Replace every 160,000 km (100,000 miles)
Spark plugs (Platinum tipped type)
FUEL SYSTEM
C
Air filter
Fuel lines and hoses*1
R
C
I
I
COOLING SYSTEM
I
I
Replace at first 72,000 km (45,000 miles) or 36 months ;
after that, every 48,000 km (30,000 miles) or 24 months
Cooling system
Engine coolant
CHASSIS and BODY
Brake lines, hoses and connections
Brake fluid
Disc brakes
Drum brakes
Steering operation and linkages
Front suspension ball joints
Driveshaft dust boots
Bolts and nuts on chassis and body
Exhaust system heat shields
All locks and hinges
L
L
L
I
R
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
L
L
L
L
I
R
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
L
AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM (if equipped)
Refrigerant amount
Compressor operation
Cabin air filter (if equipped)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Replace once a year or every 20,000 km (12,000 miles)
*1 According to state and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on these items will not void your
emissions warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at the
recommended time or kilometrage (mileage) period to ensure long-term reliability.
8-4
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 5 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
▼ Schedule 2
I : Inspect and repair, clean, adjust, or replace if necessary.
R: Replace
L : Lubricate
C : Clean
Maintenance Interval
(Number of months or
kilometers (miles),
whichever comes first)
ENGINE
Engine oil
Months
×1000 km
4
8
8
16
12
24
16
32
20
40
24
48
28
56
32
64
36
72
40
80
44
88
48
96
×1000 miles
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
I
I
I
Puerto Rico
Others
Engine oil filter
Drive belts
PCV valve*1
Hoses and tubes for emission(Puerto Rico)
Replace every 5,000 km (3,000 miles) or 3 months
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
I
IGNITION SYSTEM
Spark plugs (Platinum
tipped type)
Replace every 96,000 km (60,000 miles)
Replace every 160,000 km (100,000 miles)
USA
Others*2
FUEL SYSTEM
Air filter
C
Puerto Rico
Others
R
C
C
R
R
Fuel lines and hoses*1
C
I
COOLING SYSTEM
Cooling system
I
Engine coolant level
I
I
Replace at first 72,000 km (45,000 miles) or 36 months ;
after that, every 48,000 km (30,000 miles) or 24 months
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Function of all lights
I
I
Engine coolant
CHASSIS and BODY
Brake lines, hoses and connections
Brake fluid
Brake fluid level
Disc brakes
Drum brakes
Tire inflation pressure and tire wear
Steering operation and linkages
Power steering fluid level
Front suspension ball joints
Driveshaft dust boots
Bolts and nuts on chassis and body
Exhaust system heat shields
All locks and hinges
Washer fluid level
AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM (if equipped)
Refrigerant amount
Compressor operation
Cabin air filter (if equipped)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
L
I
L
I
L
I
L
I
L
I
I
I
R
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
L
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
L
I
L
I
I
L
I
L
I
L
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Replace once a year or every 20,000 km (12,000 miles)
I
I
I
I
R
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
L
I
I
I
*1 According to state and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on these items will not void your emissions
warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at the recommended time or kilometrage
(mileage) period to ensure long-term reliability.
2
* If the vehicle is operated under any of the following conditions, change the spark plugs every 96,000 km(60,000 miles) or
shorter.
a)Repeated short-distance driving
b)Extended periods of idling or low-speed operation
c)Driving for long periods in cold temperatures or extremely humid climates
d)Towing a trailer
8-5
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 6 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Owner Maintenance Schedule
The owner or a qualified service technician should make these vehicle inspections at the
indicated intervals to ensure safe and dependable operation.
Bring any problem to the attention of an Authorized Mazda Dealer or qualified service
technician as soon as possible.
▼ When Refueling
• Brake fluid level (page 8-13)
• Engine coolant level (page 8-11)
• Engine oil level (page 8-9)
• Washer fluid level (page 8-16)
▼ At Least Monthly
• Tire inflation pressures (page 8-23)
▼ At Least Twice a Year (For Example, Every Spring and Fall)
• Automatic transaxle fluid level (page 8-15)
• Power steering fluid level (page 8-14)
You can do the following scheduled maintenance items if you have some mechanical
ability and a few basic tools and if you closely follow the directions in this manual.
• Air filter (page 8-17)
• Engine coolant (page 8-11)
• Engine oil (page 8-10)
8-6
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 7 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Owner Maintenance Precautions
Improper or incomplete service may result in problems. This section gives instructions
only for items easy to perform.
As explained in the Introduction (page 8-2), several procedure can be done only by a
qualified service technician with special tools.
Improper owner maintenance during the warranty period may affect warranty coverage.
For details, read the separate Mazda Warranty statement provided with the vehicle. If
you’re unsure about any servicing or maintenance procedure, have it done by an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
There are strict environmental laws regarding the disposal of waste oil and fluids. Please
dispose of your waste carefully and with due regard to the environment.
We recommend that you entrust the oil and fluid changes of your vehicle to an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
WARNING
Maintenance Procedures:
Performing maintenance work on a vehicle is dangerous if not done properly. You can
be seriously injured while performing some maintenance procedure. If you lack
sufficient knowledge and experience or the proper tools and equipment to do the
work, have it done by a qualified technician.
Running the Engine:
Working under the hood with the engine running is dangerous. It becomes even more
dangerous when you wear jewelry or loose clothing.
Either can become entangled in moving parts and result in injury.
Therefore, if you must run the engine while working under the hood, make certain
that you remove all jewelry (especially rings, bracelets, watches, and necklaces) and
all neckties, scarves, and similar loose clothing before getting near the engine or
cooling fan, with may turn on unexpectedly.
Electrical Fan and Engine Inspection:
Inspecting the engine with the ignition switch in the ON position is dangerous. The
cooling fan could come on unexpectedly even when the engine isn’t running. You
could be seriously injured by the fan. Turn the ignition switch off and remove the key
from the ignition switch when you inspect the engine.
8-7
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 8 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Engine Compartment Overview
Automatic transaxle fluid-level dipstick
Cooling system cap
Brake fluid reservoir
Engine coolant reservoir
Power steering
fluid reservoir
Air filter
Windshield washer
fluid reservoir
Fuse block
Engine oil-filler cap
Battery
Engine oil dipstick
Engine oil filter
8-8
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 9 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
When choosing an oil, consider the
temperature range your vehicle will
operate in before the next oil change.
Then select the recommended viscosity
from this chart.
Engine Oil
▼ Recommended Oil
Oil container labels provide important
information.
CAUTION
Using oils of viscosity besides those
recommended for specific temperature
ranges could result in engine damage.
FOR
GASOLINE
ENGINES
Energy conserving oils are recommended.
A chief contribution they make to fuel
economy is reducing the amount of fuel
necessary to overcome engine friction.
(ILSAC)
▼ Inspecting Engine Oil Level
1. Be sure the vehicle is on a level
surface.
The quality designation SL or ILSAC
must be on the label.
Engine oil viscosity, or thickness, has an
effect on fuel economy and cold-weather
operation (starting and oil flow).
Low-viscosity engine oils can provide
improved fuel economy and cold-weather
performance.
But high-temperature weather conditions
require higher-viscosity engine oils for
satisfactory lubrication.
0
10
20
30
40
3. Turn it off and wait 5 minutes for the
oil to return to the oil pan.
4. Pull out the dipstick, wipe it clean, and
reinsert it fully.
50
MAX
–30 –20 –10
2. Warm up the engine to normal
operating temperature.
0
20
40
60
80 100 120
MIN
–20
Full
OK
Low
5W-20
8-9
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 10 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
5. Pull it out again and examine the level.
It’s OK between MIN and MAX.
But if it’s near or below MIN, add
enough oil to bring the level to MAX.
CAUTION
Don’t add engine oil over MAX. This
may cause engine damage.
6. Make sure the O-ring is positioned
properly before reinserting the
dipstick.
Changing engine oil
WARNING
Checking or Changing Engine Oil:
Hot engine oil is dangerous. If the
engine has been running, the engine
oil becomes very hot. You could be
seriously burned. Don’t check or
change the engine oil when the
engine is hot.
▼ Changing Engine Oil and Filter
Change engine oil and filter according to
Scheduled Maintenance (page 8-3).
Please act responsibly—protect the
environment and take used oil to a
recycling facility. Ask your dealer or a
service station for information.
Tighten
Loosen
Front
Drain plug
WARNING
Handling Used Engine Oil:
Continuous contact with used engine
oil is dangerous. It could cause skin
cancer. Always wash with soap and
water immediately after changing oil
and filter.
CAUTION
Remove oil splatter from the exhaust
manifold, the exhaust pipe and the
shield. Oil left on these areas will
smoke when the engine is running.
1. Warm up the engine for a few minutes
and turn it off. Remove the oil-filler
cap.
2. Remove the drain plug and drain the oil
into a suitable container.
3. Replace the plug tightly after the oil
has thoroughly drained.
4. Fill the engine with new oil to the
MAX mark on the dipstick.
5. Securely replace the oil-filler cap.
6. Start the engine and inspect around the
drain plug for leaks.
7. Turn it off and wait 5 minutes for the
oil to return to the oil pan.
8-10
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 11 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Check the oil level and fill to the MAX
mark if necessary.
Oil capacity (General reference only,
refer to Specifications section for
capacities.)
NOTE
• The indicated engine oil capacities
are for general reference purposes
only. When adding or changing oil,
verify the engine oil level with the
oil dipstick.
• Use only specified engine oil (page
10-4).
Changing oil filter
Because you need a special tool to
retighten the filter, an Authorized Mazda
Dealer should do the work.
Engine Coolant
▼ Inspecting Coolant Level
WARNING
Hot Engine:
A hot engine is dangerous. If the
engine has been running, parts of the
engine compartment can become very
hot. You could be burned. Don’t
inspect the coolant system or add
coolant when the engine is hot.
Inspect the antifreeze protection and
coolant level in the coolant reservoir at
least once a year—at the beginning of the
winter season—and before traveling
where temperatures may drop below
freezing.
Inspect the condition and connections of
all cooling system and heater hoses.
Replace any that are swollen or
deteriorated.
The coolant should be at full in the
radiator and between the F and L marks
on the coolant reservoir when the engine
is cool.
8-11
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 12 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
If it’s at or near L, add enough coolant to
the coolant reservoir to provide freezing
and corrosion protection and to bring the
level to F.
CAUTION
Radiator coolant will damage paint.
Rinse it off quickly.
Do not overfill.
If new coolant is required frequently,
consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
▼ Changing Coolant (Without Rear
Heater)
Change coolant according to Scheduled
Maintenance (page 8-3).
CAUTION
• Use only soft (demineralized) water
in the coolant mixture. Water that
contains minerals will cut down on
the coolant’s effectiveness.
• Don’t add only water. Always add a
proper coolant mixture.
• The engine has aluminum parts and
must be protected by an ethyleneglycol-based coolant to prevent
corrosion and freezing.
• DO NOT USE alcohol or methanol
antifreeze. DO NOT MIX alcohol
or methanol with the coolant. This
could damage the cooling system.
• Don’t use a solution that contains
more than 60 % antifreeze.
This would reduce effectiveness.
8-12
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
For mixture percentage:
Protection
Above -16°C (3°F)
Above -26°C (-15°F)
Above -40°C (-40°F)
Volume
Antifreeze
Water
solution
35%
65%
45%
55%
55%
45%
To change coolant
WARNING
Removing the Cooling System Cap:
Removing the cooling system cap or
drain plug while the engine is
running or hot is dangerous. This
might lead to cooling system and
engine damage and could result in
serious injury from escaping hot
coolant or steam. Turn off the engine
and wait until it’s cool. Even then, be
very careful when removing the cap
or drain plug. Wrap a thick cloth
around it and slowly turn it
counterclockwise to the first stop.
Step back while the pressure escapes.
When you’re sure all the pressure is
gone, press down on the cap—still
using a cloth—turn the cap, and
remove it.
1. Remove the cooling system cap.
Loosen
Tighten
F
L
Tighten
Loosen
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 13 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
2. Only when the engine is cool, remove
the radiator drain plug and drain the
coolant into a suitable container.
3. Flush out the system with running
water.
4. Drain the system completely. Insert
and tighten the plug. Add as much
ethylene-glycol-based coolant and
water as necessary to provide freezing
and corrosion protection.
5. In extremely cold climates, add the
amount recommended in the coolant
manufacturer’s instructions.
Brake Fluid
▼ Inspecting Brake Fluid Level
Inspect the fluid level in the reservoir
regularly. It should be kept at MAX.
The level normally drops with
accumulated distance, a condition
associated with wear of brake linings. If it
is excessively low, have the brake system
inspected by an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
6. Run the engine at idle with the cooling
system cap off. Slowly add additional
coolant if necessary.
7. At this point, wait until the engine
reaches normal operating temperature;
then depress the accelerator two or
three times. Add more coolant, if
necessary, until the system is full.
8. Install the cooling system cap. Inspect
all connections for leaks. Inspect the
level in the coolant reservoir one more
time.
▼ Changing Coolant (With Rear
Heater)
Have an Authorized Mazda Dealer change
the coolant according to the Scheduled
Maintenance (page 8-3).
8-13
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 14 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
▼ Adding Brake Fluid
WARNING
Spilled Brake Fluid:
Spilled brake fluid is dangerous. If it
gets in your eyes, they could be
seriously injured. If this happens,
immediately flush your eyes with
water and get medical attention.
Brake fluid spilled on a hot engine
could cause a fire. Be careful not to
spill brake fluid on yourself or on the
engine.
Low Brake Fluid Levels:
Low brake fluid levels are dangerous.
Low levels could signal brake lining
wear or a brake system leak. Your
brakes could fail and cause an
accident. If you find a low fluid level,
have the brakes inspected.
Power Steering Fluid
▼ Inspecting Power Steering Fluid
Level
CAUTION
To avoid damage to the power steering
pump, don’t operate the vehicle for
long periods when the power steering
fluid level is low.
NOTE
Use specified power steering fluid
(page 10-4).
Inspect the fluid level in the reservoir at
each engine oil change with the engine off
and cold. Add fluid if necessary; it does
not require periodic changing.
If the fluid level is low, add fluid until it
reaches MAX.
Before adding fluid, thoroughly clean the
area around the cap.
CAUTION
• Brake fluid will damage painted
surfaces. If brake fluid does get on a
painted surface, wipe it off
immediately.
• Using nonspecified brake fluids
(page 10-4) will damage the system.
Mixing different fluids will also
damage it.
If the brake system frequently
requires new fluid, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
8-14
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
The level must be kept between MIN and
MAX.
Visually examine the lines and hoses for
leaks and damage.
If new fluid is required frequently, consult
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 15 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF)
▼ Inspecting Automatic Transaxle
Fluid Level
The automatic transaxle fluid level should
be inspected regularly. Measure it as
described below.
The volume of fluid changes with the
temperature. Fluid must be checked at idle
without driving at normal operating
temperature.
CAUTION
• Low fluid level causes transaxle
slippage. Overfilling can cause
foaming, loss of fluid, and transaxle
malfunction.
WARNING
Sudden Vehicle Movement:
Shifting the shift lever without first
depressing the brake pedal is
dangerous. The vehicle could move
suddenly and cause an accident.
Make sure the brake pedal is applied
before shifting the shift lever.
4. With the engine still idling, pull out the
dipstick, wipe it clean, and put it back.
5. Pull it out again.
The proper fluid level is marked on the
dipstick as follows.
A
B
• Use specified fluid (page 10-4). A
nonspecified fluid could result in
transaxle malfunction and failure.
1. Park on a level surface and set the
parking brake firmly.
2. Idle the engine about two minutes.
Push down on the brake pedal.
3. Move the shift lever through all ranges
and set it at P.
Fluid hot scale A
When the vehicle has been driven and the
fluid is at normal operating temperature,
about 65°C (150°F), the level must be
between Full and Low.
Fluid cold scale B
When the engine has not been running
and the outside temperature is about 20°C
(70°F), the level must be between Full and
Low.
8-15
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 16 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
CAUTION
• Use the cold scale only as a
reference.
• If outside temperature is lower than
about 20°C (70°F), start the engine
and inspect the fluid level after the
engine reaches operating
temperature.
• If the vehicle has been driven for an
extended period at high speeds or in
city traffic in hot weather, inspect
the level only after stopping the
engine and allowing the fluid to
cool for 30 minutes.
Fully insert the dipstick. When adding
fluid, inspect with the dipstick to make
sure it doesn’t pass full.
Washer Fluid
▼ Inspecting Washer Fluid Level
WARNING
Substitute Washer Fluid:
Using radiator antifreeze as washer
fluid is dangerous. If sprayed on the
windshield, it will dirty the
windshield, affect your visibility, and
could result in an accident. Use only
windshield washer fluid or plain
water in the reservoir.
Inspect fluid level in the washer fluid
reservoir; add fluid if necessary.
NOTE
Inspect both sides of the dipstick for
accurate reading.
The top of the float should be between
FULL and LOW.
Use plain water if washer fluid is
unavailable.
But use only washer fluid in cold weather
to prevent it from freezing.
8-16
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 17 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Body Lubrication
All moving points of the body, such as
door and hood hinges and locks, should
be lubricated each time the engine oil is
changed. Use a nonfreezing lubricant on
locks during cold weather.
Make sure the engine hood’s secondary
latch keeps the hood from opening when
the primary latch is released.
Air Filter
CAUTION
Don’t drive without an air filter. This
could result in excessive engine wear.
This air filter may be cleaned with
compressed air and reused, or replaced,
depending on its condition. Unless it is
very dirty, simply shake it to remove
foreign particles. Each time you inspect it,
wipe inside the air cleaner housing with a
damp cloth.
▼ Replacing the Air Filter
NOTE
If the vehicle is operated in very dusty
or sandy areas, replace the filter more
often than recommended intervals.
1. Remove the bolt and unfasten the
clamps on the air cleaner housing.
Bolt
Clamp
8-17
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 18 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
2. Separate the air cleaner housing and
remove the filter.
Air cleaner housing
Air filter
Wiper Blades
CAUTION
Hot waxes applied by automatic car
washes have been known to affect the
cleanability of windows.
Contamination of either the windshield or
the blades with foreign matter can reduce
wiper effectiveness. Common sources are
insects, tree sap, and hot wax treatments
used by some commercial car washes.
3. Wipe inside the air cleaner housing
with a damp cloth.
4. Clean or replace the filter.
5. Install in the reverse order of removal.
Replace the filter according to Scheduled
Maintenance (page 8-3).
If the blades are not wiping properly,
clean the window and blades with a good
cleaner or mild detergent; then rinse
thoroughly with clean water. Repeat if
necessary.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the wiper blades,
don’t use gasoline, kerosene, paint
thinner, or other solvents on or near
them.
8-18
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 19 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
▼ Replacing Windshield Wiper
Blades
When the wipers no longer clean well, the
blades are probably worn or cracked.
Replace them.
2. Hold the end of the rubber and pull
until the tabs are free of the metal
support.
Metal support
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the wiper arms
and other components, don’t move the
wipers by hand.
1. Raise the wiper arm and turn the blade
assembly to expose the plastic locking
clip.
Compress the clip and slide the
assembly downward; then lift it off the
arm.
Tab
Pull out
3. Remove the metal stiffeners from the
blade rubber and install them in new
blades.
Push
Stiffeners
Plastic locking clip
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the windshield,
don’t let the wiper arm fall on it.
8-19
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 20 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
CAUTION
• Don’t bend the stiffeners. You need
to use them again.
• If the metal stiffeners are switched,
the blade’s wiping efficiency could
be reduced.
So don’t use the driver’s side metal
stiffeners on the passenger’s side, or
vice versa.
• Be sure to reinstall the metal
stiffeners in the new blade rubber so
that the curve is the same as it was
in the old blade rubber.
4. Carefully insert the new blade rubber.
Then install the blade assembly in the
reverse older of removal.
▼ Replacing Rear Window Wiper
Blade
When the wiper no longer cleans well, the
blade is probably worn or cracked.
Replace it.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the wiper arm
and other components, don’t move the
wiper by hand.
1. Raise the wiper arm and turn the blade
assembly to expose the plastic locking
clip.
Compress the clip and slide the
assembly downward; then lift it off the
arm.
Push
Tab
Plastic locking clip
NOTE
Install the blade so that the tabs are
toward the bottom of the wiper arm.
8-20
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the rear window,
don’t let the wiper arm fall on it.
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 21 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
2. Pull down the blade rubber and slide it
out of the blade holder.
4. Carefully insert the new blade rubber.
Then install the blade assembly in the
reverse order of removal.
Pull out
3. Remove the metal stiffeners from the
blade rubber and install them in new
blades.
Stiffeners
CAUTION
Don’t bend the stiffeners. You need to
use them again.
8-21
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 22 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Battery
▼ Battery Maintenance
WARNING
Battery-Related Lead Materials:
Battery posts, terminals and related
accessories contain lead and lead
compounds, chemicals known to the
State of California to cause cancer
and reproductive harm.
Wash hands after handling.
Spilled Battery Fluid:
Spilled battery fluid is dangerous.
Battery fluid contains SULFURIC
ACID which could cause serious
injuries, if it gets in your eyes or on
your skin. If this happens,
immediately flush your eyes with
water for 15 minutes or wash your
skin thoroughly and get medical
attention. Be careful not to get battery
fluid on yourself.
Battery-Related Explosion:
Flames and sparks near open battery
cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas,
produced during normal battery
operation, could ignite and cause the
battery to explode. An exploding
battery can cause serious burns and
injuries. Keep all flames, including
cigarettes, and sparks away from
open battery cells.
Children and Batteries:
Allowing children to play near
batteries is dangerous. Battery fluid
could cause serious injuries if it gets
in the eyes or on the skin. Always
keep batteries out of the reach of
children.
8-22
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
To get the best service from a battery:
• Keep it securely mounted.
• Keep the top clean and dry.
• Keep terminals and connections clean,
tight, and coated with petroleum jelly
or terminal grease.
• Rinse off spilled electrolyte
immediately with a solution of water
and baking soda.
• If the vehicle will not be used for an
extended time, disconnect the battery
cables.
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 23 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Tires
For reasons of proper performance, safety,
and better fuel economy, always maintain
recommended tire inflation pressures and
stay within the recommended load limits
and weight distribution.
WARNING
Using Different Tire Types:
Driving your vehicle with different
types of tires is dangerous. It could
cause poor handling and poor
braking; leading to loss of control.
Except for the limited use of the
temporary spare tire, use only the
same type tires (radial, bias-belted,
bias-type) on all four wheels.
Using Wrong-Sized Tires:
Using any other tire size than what is
specified for your Mazda (page 10-6)
is dangerous. It could seriously affect
ride, handling, ground clearance, tire
clearance, and speedometer
calibration. This could cause you to
have an accident. Use only tires that
are the correct size specified for your
Mazda.
▼ Tire Inflation Pressure
WARNING
Incorrect Tire Inflation:
Overinflation or underinflation of
tires is dangerous. Adverse handling
or unexpected tire failure could result
in a serious accident. Always inflate
the tires to the correct pressure (page
10-6).
Inspect all tire pressures monthly
(including the spare) when the tires are
cold. Maintain recommended pressures
for the best ride, top handling, and
minimum tire wear.
Refer to the specification charts
(page 10-6).
8-23
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 24 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
NOTE
• Warm tires normally exceed
recommended pressures. Don’t
release air from warm tires to adjust
the pressure.
▼ Tire Rotation
To equalize tread wear, rotate the tires
every 12,000 km (7,500 miles) or sooner
if irregular wear develops. During
rotation, inspect them for correct balance.
• Underinflation can cause reduced
fuel economy and poor sealing of
the tire bead, which will deform the
wheel and cause separation of tire
from rim.
• Overinflation can produce a harsh
ride and a greater possibility of
damage from road hazards.
Keep your tire pressure at the
correct levels. If one frequently
needs inflating, have it inspected.
Front
Do not include (TEMPORARY USE ONLY)
spare tire in rotation.
Also, inspect them for uneven wear and
damage. Abnormal wear is usually caused
by one or a combination of the following:
• Incorrect tire pressure
• Improper wheel alignment
• Out-of-balance wheel
• Severe braking
After rotation, inflate all tire pressures to
specification (page 10-6) and inspect the
lug nuts for tightness.
CAUTION
Rotate unidirectional tires and radial
tires that have an asymmetrical tread
pattern or studs only from front to rear,
not from side to side. Tire performance
will be weakened if rotated from side
to side.
8-24
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 25 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
▼ Replacing a Tire
▼ Temporary Spare Tire
WARNING
Worn Tires:
Driving with worn tires is dangerous.
Reduced braking, steering, and
traction could result in an accident.
Always use tires that are in good
condition.
If a tire wears evenly, a wear indicator will
appear as a solid band across the tread.
Replace the tire when this happens.
Tread wear indicator
Inspect the temporary spare tire at least
monthly to make sure it’s properly
inflated and stored.
The temporary spare tire is easier to
handle because of its construction. It is
lighter and smaller than a conventional
tire and should be used only for an
emergency and only for a short distance.
Use the temporary only until the
conventional tire is repaired, which should
be as soon as possible.
Maintain its pressure at 420 kPa
(4.2 kgf/cm2 or bar, 60 psi).
CAUTION
• Don’t use your temporary spare tire
rim with a snow tire or a
conventional tire. Neither will
properly fit and could damage both
tire and rim.
New tread
Worn tread
You may need to replace it before the
band is across the entire tread.
• The temporary spare tire has a tread
life of up to 5,000 km (3,000 miles),
depending on road conditions and
driving habits.
• The temporary spare tire is for
limited use, however, if the tread
wear solid-band indicator appears,
replace the tire with the same type
of temporary spare (page 8-25).
8-25
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 26 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
▼ Replacing a Wheel
When replacing a wheel, make sure the
new one is the same as the original factory
wheel in diameter, rim width, and offset.
Proper tire balancing provides the best
riding comfort and helps reduce tread
wear. Out-of-balance tires can cause
vibration and uneven wear, such as
cupping and flat spots.
WARNING
Using a Wrong-Sized Wheel:
Using a wrong-sized wheel is
dangerous. Braking and handling
could be affected, leading to loss of
control and an accident. Always use
wheels of the correct size on your
vehicle.
CAUTION
A wrong-sized wheel may adversely
affect
• Tire fit
• Wheel and bearing life
• Ground clearance
• Snow-chain clearance
• Speedometer calibration
• Headlight aim
• Bumper height
8-26
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 27 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Light Bulbs
Overhead lights/Map lights
Overhead light
Parking lights
Headlights
Courtesy lights
Fog lights
Brake lights/Taillights
Rear turn signal lights
Front turn signal lights/Side-marker lights
High-mount brake lights
License plate lights
Reverse lights
Taillights
Luggage compartment light
8-27
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 28 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Your Mazda's headlights have replaceable
halogen bulbs.
WARNING
Handling Halogen Bulbs:
When a halogen bulb breaks, it is
dangerous. These bulbs contain
pressurized gas. If one is broken, it
will explode and serious injuries
could be caused by the flying glass.
If the glass portion is touched with
bare hands, body oil could cause the
bulb to overheat and explode when lit.
Never touch the glass portion of the
bulb with your bare hands and always
wear eye protection when handling or
working around halogen bulbs.
▼ Replacing a Headlight Bulb
1. Make sure the headlight switch is off.
2. Lift the hood and find the bulb in the
rear of the headlight body.
3. Detach the electrical connector from
the bulb by squeezing the tabs and
pulling it to the rear.
4. Pull off the sealing cover.
5. Unhook the bulb retaining spring.
Do not touch the glass surface
Children and Halogen Bulbs:
Playing with a halogen bulb is
dangerous. Serious injuries could be
caused by dropping a halogen bulb or
breaking it some other way.
Always keep halogen bulbs out of the
reach of children.
Sealing cover
6. Swing the retaining spring out and
away to free the headlight bulb.
7. Carefully remove the headlight bulb
from the socket by pulling it straight
back.
8. Replace the bulb.
8-28
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 29 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
9. Install in the reverse order of removal.
NOTE
• When reinstalling the sealing cover,
make sure faces up.
• Use the protective cover and carton
of the replacement bulb to dispose
of the old bulb promptly out of the
reach of children.
8-29
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 30 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
▼ Replacing a Bulb (Front)
To replace the parking light bulbs, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Front turn signal lights/
Side-marker lights
8-30
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
Fog lights
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 31 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
▼ Replacing a Bulb (Interior)
Overhead light/Map lights
(Without sunroof, with overhead console)
Overhead light/Map lights
(Without either sunroof or overhead console)
Overhead light/Map lights
(With sunroof)
Overhead light
Courtesy lights
Luggage compartment light
ON
OF
F
8-31
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 32 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
▼ Replacing a Bulb (Rear)
Brake lights/Taillights
Rear turn signal lights
Reverse lights
Taillights
High-mount brake lights
License plate lights
An unsecured high-mount brake lights
will allow water to leak into the vehicle.
Make sure the high-mount brake light is
tightly fastened to the vehicle and if
water still leaks, consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
8-32
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 33 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Fuses
3. Pull the fuse straight out with the fuse
puller provided on the fuse panel.
Your vehicle’s electrical system is
protected by fuses.
If any lights, accessories, or controls don’t
work, inspect the appropriate circuit
protector. If a fuse has blown, the inside
element will be melted.
If the same fuse blows again, avoid using
that system and consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
▼ Fuse Replacement
Fuse puller
4. Inspect it and replace if it’s blown.
If the electrical system doesn’t work, first
inspect fuses on the driver’s side.
1. Turn off the ignition switch and other
switches.
2. Open the fuse panel cover.
Normal
Fuse panel cover
Blown
5. Push in a new fuse of the same rating,
and make sure it fits tightly. If it
doesn’t, have an Authorized Mazda
Dealer install it.
If you have no spare fuses, borrow one
of the same rating from a circuit not
essential to vehicle operation, such as
the AUDIO circuit.
CAUTION
Always replace a fuse with one of the
same rating. Otherwise you may
damage the electric system.
8-33
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 34 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
If the headlights or other electrical
components don’t work and the fuses in
the cabin are OK, inspect the fuse block
under the hood. If a fuse is blown, it must
be replaced. Follow these steps:
1. Turn off the ignition switch and all
other switches.
2. Remove the fuse block cover.
Tab
Fuse block cover
3. If a fuse is blown, replace it with a new
one of the same rating.
Normal
Blown
NOTE
To replace the MAIN fuse, contact an
Authorized Mazda Dealer (page 8-35).
8-34
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 35 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
▼ Fuse Panel Description
Fuse block (Engine compartment)
DESCRIPTION
FUSE
RATING
1
DEFOG
40A
2
BTN
60A
3
ABS
60A
4
5
6
FAN1
FAN2
HEATER
30A
30A
40A
7
R.HEATER
30A
8
IG KEY2
40A
9
A/C
10A
PROTECTED
COMPONENT
Rear window
defroster
STOP, HAZARD,
ROOM, D.LOCK
and DRL fuses
Antilock brake
system,
For protection of
various circuits
Cooling fan
Cooling fan
Heater
Rear heater,
For protection of
various circuits
A/C, P.WIND,
SUN ROOF and
R.WIP fuses
Air conditioner,
For protection of
various circuits
10
11
12
A/C PWR
HORN
FUSE
RATING
15A
15A
15A
13
FOG
15A
DESCRIPTION
TAIL
14
EEC
5A
15
16
17
18
HEAD L
HEAD R
HID L
HID R
15A
15A
20A
20A
19
IG KEY1
60A
20
EGI INJ
30A
21
FUEL PUMP
20A
22
MAIN
120A
PROTECTED
COMPONENT
Taillights
Inverter
Horn
For protection of
various circuits
For protection of
various circuits
Headlight-left
Headlight-right
—
—
METER,
ENGINE and
WIPER fuses
For protection of
various circuits
Fuel pump
For protection of
all circuits
8-35
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 36 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Fuse block (Driver’s side)
DESCRIPTION
FUSE
RATING
1
P.WIND
30A
2
WIPER
20A
3
SUN ROOF
15A
4
R.WIP
10A
5
SEAT
20A
6
M.DEF
10A
7
A/C
10A
8
DRL
10A
9
—
—
10
H/CLEAN
20A
11
—
—
PROTECTED
COMPONENT
Power windows,
For protection of
various circuits
Windshield
wipers and washer
Sunroof,
For protection of
various circuits
Rear window
wiper and washer
For protection of
various circuits
Mirror defroster,
For protection of
various circuits
Air conditioner,
For protection of
various circuits
For protection of
various circuits
—
For protection of
various circuits
—
8-36
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
DESCRIPTION
FUSE
RATING
12
HAZARD
10A
13
ROOM
15A
14
15
AUX
POWER
CLOSER
LH
25A
20A
16
AUDIO
10A
17
D.LOCK
30A
18
P/SEAT
30A
19
ENGINE
10A
20
21
METER
STOP
CLOSER
RH
10A
15A
22
20A
PROTECTED
COMPONENT
Hazard warning
flashers
Overhead lights,
Map lights,
Luggage
compartment light
Accessory socket
For protection of
various circuits
Audio system, For
protection of
various circuits
Power door locks,
For protection of
various circuits
Power seat
Engine control
system
Instrument cluster
Brake lights
For protection of
various circuits
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 37 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
DESCRIPTION
FUSE
RATING
23
ACC.
DELAY
30A
24
METER
15A
25
26
27
28
ST.SIGN
10A
25A
—
—
CIGAR
—
—
PROTECTED
COMPONENT
Power windows
delay,
For protection of
various circuits
Instrument
cluster,
INH switch
Starter signal
Lighter
—
—
8-37
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 38 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
How to Minimize
Environmental Paint
Damage
The paintwork on your Mazda represents
the latest technical developments in
composition and methods of application.
Environmental hazards, however, can
harm the paint’s protective properties, if
proper care is not taken.
Here are some examples of possible
damage, with tips on how to prevent them.
▼ Etching Caused by Acid Rain or
Industrial Fallout
Occurrence
Industrial pollutants and vehicle
emissions drift into the air and mix with
rain or dew to form acids. These acids can
settle on a vehicle’s finish. As the water
evaporates, the acid becomes concentrated
and can damage the finish.
And the longer the acid remains on the
surface, the greater the chance is for
damage.
Prevention
It is necessary to wash and wax your
vehicle to preserve its finish according to
the instructions in this section. These
steps should be taken immediately after
you suspect that acid rain has settled on
your vehicle’s finish.
▼ Damage Caused by Bird
Dropping, Insects, or Tree Sap
Occurrence
Bird droppings contain acids. If these
aren’t removed they can eat away the clear
and color base coat of the vehicle’s
paintwork.
When insects stick to the paint surface
and decompose, corrosive compounds
form. These can erode the clear and color
base coat of the vehicle’s paintwork if
they are not removed.
Tree sap will harden and adhere
permanently to the paint finish. If you
scratch the sap off while it is hard, some
vehicle paint could come off with it.
Prevention
It is necessary to have your Mazda
washed and waxed to preserve its finish
according to the instructions in this
section. This should be done as soon as
possible.
Bird droppings can be removed with a soft
sponge and water. If you are traveling and
these are not available, a moistened tissue
may also take care of the problem. The
cleaned area should be waxed according
to the instructions in this section.
Insects and tree sap are best removed with
a soft sponge and water or a commercially
available chemical cleaner.
Another method is to cover the affected
area with dampened newspaper for one to
two hours. After removing the newspaper,
rinse off the loosened debris with water.
8-38
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 39 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
▼ Water Marks
Occurrence
Rain, fog, dew, and even tap water can
contain harmful minerals such as salt and
lime. If moisture containing these
minerals settles on the vehicle and
evaporates, the minerals will concentrate
and harden to form white rings. The rings
can damage your vehicle’s finish.
Prevention
It is necessary to wash and wax your
vehicle to preserve its finish according to
the instructions in this section. These
steps should be taken immediately after
you find water marks on your vehicle’s
finish.
▼ Paint Chipping
NOTE
• The paint chipping zone varies with
the speed of the vehicle. For
example, when traveling at 90 km/h
(56 mph), the paint chipping zone is
50 m (164 ft).
• In low temperatures a vehicle’s
finish hardens. This increases the
chance of paint chipping.
• Chipped paint can lead to rust
forming on your Mazda. Before this
happens, repair the damage by using
Mazda touch-up paint according to
the instructions in this section.
Failure to repair the affected area
could lead to serious rusting and
expensive repairs.
Occurrence
Paint chipping occurs when gravel thrown
in the air by another vehicle’s tires hits
your vehicle.
How to avoid paint chipping
Keeping a safe distance between you and
the vehicle ahead reduces the chances of
having your paint chipped by flying
gravel.
8-39
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 40 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
Exterior Care
To minimize scratches on the vehicle’s
paint finish:
Follow all label and container directions
when using a chemical cleaner or polish.
Read all warnings and cautions.
• Rinse off any dirt or other foreign
matter using lukewarm or cold water
before washing.
▼ Maintaining the Finish
• Use plenty of lukewarm or cold water
and a soft cloth when washing the
vehicle. Do not use a nylon cloth.
Washing
To help protect the finish from rust and
deterioration, wash your Mazda
thoroughly and frequently, at least once a
month, with lukewarm or cold water.
• Rub gently when washing or drying the
vehicle.
If the vehicle is washed improperly, the
paint surface could be scratched. Here are
some examples of how scratching could
occur.
• Don’t use abrasive cleansers or wax
that contain abrasives.
Scratches occur on the paint surface
when:
• The vehicle is washed without first
rinsing off dirt and other foreign
matter.
• The vehicle is washed with a rough,
dry, or dirty cloth.
• The vehicle is washed at a car wash
that uses brushes that are dirty or too
stiff.
• Cleansers or wax containing abrasives
are used.
NOTE
• Mazda is not responsible for
scratches caused by automatic car
washes or improper washing.
• Scratches are more noticeable on
vehicles with darker paint finishes.
8-40
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
• Take your vehicle only to a car wash
that keeps its brushes well maintained.
CAUTION
• Don’t use steel wool, abrasive
cleaners, or strong detergents
containing highly alkaline or caustic
agents on chrome-plated or
anodized aluminum parts. This may
damage the protective coating; also,
cleaners and detergents may
discolor or deteriorate the paint.
• To prevent damaging the antenna,
remove it before entering a car wash
facility or passing beneath a low
overhead clearance.
Pay special attention to removing salt,
dirt, mud, and other foreign material from
the underside of the wings, and make sure
the drain holes in the lower edges of the
doors and rocker panels are clean.
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 41 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,
industrial fallout, and similar deposits can
damage the finish if not removed
immediately. When prompt washing with
plain water is ineffective, use a mild soap
made for use on vehicles.
Thoroughly rinse off all soap with
lukewarm or cold water. Don’t allow soap
to dry on the finish.
After washing the vehicle, dry it with a
clean chamois to prevent water spots from
forming.
WARNING
Driving with Wet Brakes:
Driving with wet brakes is dangerous.
Increased stopping distance or the
vehicle pulling to one side when
braking could result in a serious
accident. Light braking will indicate
whether the brakes have been
affected. Dry the brakes by driving
very slowly and applying the brakes
lightly until brake performance is
normal.
Waxing
Your vehicle needs to be waxed when
water no longer beads on the finish.
Always wash and dry the vehicle before
waxing it. In addition to the vehicle body,
wax the metal trim to maintain its luster.
1. Use wax which contains no abrasives.
Waxes containing abrasive will remove
paint and could damage bright metal
parts.
3. When waxing, coat evenly with the
sponge supplied or a soft cloth.
4. Wipe off the wax with a soft cloth.
NOTE
A spot remover to remove oil, tar, and
similar materials will usually also take
off the wax. Rewax these areas even if
the rest of the vehicle doesn’t need it.
▼ Repairing Damage to the Finish
Deep scratches or chips on the finish
should be repaired promptly. Exposed
metal quickly rusts and can lead to major
repairs.
CAUTION
If your Mazda is damaged and needs
metal parts repaired or replaced, make
sure the body shop applies anticorrosion materials to all parts, both
repaired and new. This will prevent
them from rusting.
▼ Bright-Metal Maintenance
• Use tar remover to remove road tar and
insects. Never do this with a knife or
similar tool.
• To prevent corrosion on bright-metal
surfaces, apply wax or chrome
preservative and rub it to a high luster.
• During cold weather or in coastal
areas, cover bright-metal parts with a
coating of wax or preservative heavier
than usual. It would also help to coat
them with noncorrosive petroleum jelly
or some other protective compound.
2. Use a good grade of natural wax for
metallic, mica, and solid colors.
8-41
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 42 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
CAUTION
Don’t use steel wool, abrasive
cleaners, or strong detergents
containing highly alkaline or caustic
agents on chrome-plated or anodized
aluminum parts. This may result in
damage to the protective coating and
cause discoloration or paint
deterioration.
▼ Underbody Maintenance
Road chemicals and salt used for ice and
snow removal and solvents used for dust
control may collect on the underbody. If
not removed, they will speed up rusting
and deterioration of such underbody parts
as fuel lines, frame, floor pan, and exhaust
system, even though these parts may be
coated with anti-corrosive material.
Thoroughly flush the underbody and
wheel housings with lukewarm or cold
water at the end of each winter. Try also to
do this every month.
Pay special attention to these areas
because they easily hide mud and dirt. It
will do more harm than good to wet
down the road grime without removing
it.
The lower edges of doors, rocker panels,
and frame members have drain holes that
should not be clogged. Water trapped
there will cause rusting.
WARNING
Driving with Wet Brakes:
Driving with wet brakes is dangerous.
Increased stopping distance or the
vehicle pulling to one side when
braking could result in a serious
accident. Light braking will indicate
whether the brakes have been
affected. Dry the brakes by driving
very slowly and applying the brakes
lightly until brake performance is
normal.
▼ Aluminum Wheel Maintenance
A protective coating is provided over the
aluminum wheels. Special care is needed
to protect this coating.
NOTE
• Don’t use a wire brush or any
abrasive cleaner, polishing
compound, or solvent on aluminum
wheels. They may damage the
coating.
• Only use a mild soap or neutral
detergent and always use a sponge
or soft cloth to clean the wheels.
Rinse thoroughly with lukewarm or
cold water. Also, be sure to clean
the wheels after driving on dusty or
salted roads. This helps prevent
corrosion.
• Avoid washing your vehicle in an
automatic car wash that uses highspeed or hard brushes.
• If your aluminum wheels lose
luster, wax the wheels.
8-42
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 43 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
Interior Care
▼ Dashboard Precautions
Prevent caustic solutions such as perfume
and cosmetic oils from contacting the
dashboard. They’ll damage and discolor
it. If these solutions get on the dashboard,
wipe them off immediately.
CAUTION
Do not use glazing agents.
Glazing agents contain ingredients
which may cause discoloration,
wrinkling, cracks and peeling.
▼ Cleaning the Upholstery and
Interior Trim
Vinyl
Remove dust and loose dirt from vinyl
with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.
Clean vinyl with a leather-and-vinyl
cleaner.
Leather
Real leather isn’t uniform and may have
scars, scratches, and wrinkles. Clean it
with a leather cleaner or mild soap.
Wipe it with a damp soft cloth; then dry
and buff it with a dry soft cloth.
To keep the fabric looking clean and
fresh, take care of it. Otherwise its color
will be affected, it can be stained easily,
and its fire-resistance may be reduced.
CAUTION
Use only recommended cleaners and
procedures. Others may affect
appearance and fire-resistance.
▼ Cleaning the Lap/Shoulder Belt
Webbing
Clean the webbing with a mild soap
solution recommended for upholstery or
carpets. Follow instructions. Don’t bleach
or dye the webbing; this may weaken it.
After cleaning the belts, thoroughly dry
the belt webbing and make sure there is
no remaining moisture before retracting
them.
WARNING
Damaged Seat Belt:
Using damaged seat belts is
dangerous. In a collision, damaged
belts cannot provide adequate
protection. Have your Authorized
Mazda Dealer replace damaged belts
immediately.
Fabric
Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric
with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.
Clean it with a mild soap solution good
for upholstery and carpets. Remove fresh
spots immediately with a fabric spot
cleaner.
8-43
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 44 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
▼ Cleaning the Window Interiors
If the windows become covered with an
oily, greasy, or waxy film, clean them with
glass cleaner. Follow the directions on the
container.
CAUTION
Don’t scrape or scratch the inside of
the rear window. You may damage the
rear window defroster grid.
8-44
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 1 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
9
Customer Information
Important consumer information including warranties and add-on equipment.
Customer Assistance ................................................................... 9Customer Assistance (U.S.A.) ................................................. 9Customer Assistance (Canada) ................................................ 9Customer Assistance (Puerto Rico) ......................................... 9-
2
2
3
6
Mazda Importer/Distributors .................................................... 9- 7
Importer/Distributor ................................................................ 9- 7
Distributor in Each Area .......................................................... 9- 7
Warranty ...................................................................................... 9- 8
Warranties for Your Mazda ...................................................... 9- 8
Outside the United States and Canada .................................... 9- 9
Registering Your Vehicle in A Foreign Country
(Except United States and Canada) ......................................... 9-10
Add-On Non-Genuine Parts and Accessories ......................... 9-11
Cell Phones ................................................................................... 9-12
Cell Phones Warning ............................................................... 9-12
Uniform Tire Quality Grading System (UTQGS) .................... 9-13
Uniform Tire Quality Grading System (UTQGS) ................... 9-13
Reporting Safety Defects ............................................................ 9-15
Reporting Safety Defects ......................................................... 9-15
Service Publications .................................................................... 9-16
Service Publications ................................................................ 9-16
9-1
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 2 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Customer Information
Customer Assistance
Customer Assistance (U.S.A.)
Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business. We are here to serve you. All
Authorized Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehicle
in top condition.
If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service of
your Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel, we recommend that you take
the following steps:
▼ STEP 1: Contact Your Mazda Dealer
Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer. This is the quickest and best way to
address the issue. If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS,
SALES, SERVICE, or PARTS MANAGER, then please contact the GENERAL
MANAGER of the dealership or the OWNER.
▼ STEP 2: Call the Mazda National Customer Assistance Center #800
If for any reason you feel the need for further assistance after contacting your dealership
management, call Mazda North American Operations’ Customer Assistance Center tollfree at:1 (800) 222-5500.
In order to serve you efficiently and effectively, please help us by providing the following
information:
1. Your name, address, and telephone number
2. Year and model of vehicle
3. Vehicle Identification Number (17 digits, noted on your registration or title or located on
the upper driver’s side corner of the dash)
4. Purchase date and current mileage
5. Your dealer’s name and location
6. Your question(s)
If you would like to write a letter, please address it to the following, Attn: Customer
Assistance, which corresponds with your state:
REGIONAL OFFICE
Mazda North American Operations
7755 Irvine Center Drive
Irvine, CA 92618-2922
P.O. Box 19734
Irvine, CA 92623-9734
AREAS COVERED
All states
This way, we can be sure to respond to you as efficiently as possible. That is our goal.
If you live outside the U.S.A., please contact your nearest Mazda Distributor.
9-2
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 3 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Customer Information
Customer Assistance
Customer Assistance (Canada)
▼ Satisfaction Review Process
Your complete and permanent satisfaction is of primary concern to Mazda. All Authorized
Mazda Dealers have both the knowledge and tools to keep your Mazda in top condition. In
our experience, any questions, problems, or complaints regarding the operation of your
Mazda or any other general service transactions are most effectively resolved by your
dealer. If the cause of your dissatisfaction cannot adequately be addressed by normal
dealership procedures, we recommend that you take the following steps:
▼ STEP 1: Contact the Mazda Dealer
Discuss the matter with a member of dealership management. If the Service Manager has
already reviewed your concerns, contact the owner of the dealership or its General
Manager.
▼ STEP 2: Contact the Mazda Regional Office
If you feel that you still require assistance, ask the dealer Service Manager to arrange for
you to meet the local Mazda Service Representative. If more expedient, contact Mazda
Canada Inc.Regional Office nearest you for such arrangements. Regional Office address
and phone numbers are shown (page 9-5).
▼ STEP 3: Contact the Mazda Customer Relations Department
If still not substantially satisfied, contact the Customer Relations Department, Mazda
Canada Inc., 305 Milner Avenue, Suite 400 Scarborough, Ontario M1B 3V4 Canada
TEL:1 (800) 263-4680.
Provide the Department with the following information:
1. Your name, address and telephone number
2. Year and model of vehicle
3. Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). Refer to the "Vehicle Identification Labels" page
of section 10 of this manual for the location of the VIN.
4. Purchase date
5. Present odometer reading
6. Your dealer’s name and location
7. The nature of your problem and/or cause of dissatisfaction
The Department, in cooperation with the local Mazda Service Representative, will review
the case to determine if everything possible has been done to ensure your satisfaction.
9-3
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 4 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Customer Information
Customer Assistance
Please recognize that the resolution of service problems in most cases requires the use of
your Mazda dealer’s service facilities, personnel and equipment. We urge you to follow the
above three steps in sequence therefore for most effective results.
▼ Mediation/Arbitration Program
Occasionally a customer concern cannot be resolved through Mazda’s Customer
Satisfaction Program. If after exhausting the procedures in this manual your concern is still
not resolved, you have another option.
Mazda Canada Inc. participates in an arbitration program administered by the Canadian
Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP). CAMVAP will advise you about how your
concern may be reviewed and resolved by an independent third party through binding
arbitration.
Your complete satisfaction is the goal of Mazda Canada Inc. and our dealers.
Mazda’s participation in CAMVAP makes a valuable contribution to our achieving that
goal. There is no charge for using CAMVAP. CAMVAP results are fast, fair and final as the
award is binding on both you and Mazda Canada Inc.
▼ Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP)
If a specific item of concern arises, where a solution cannot be reached between an owner,
Mazda, and/or one of it’s dealers (that all parties cannot agree upon), the owner may wish
to use the services offered by the Canadian Motor Vehicle
Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP).
CAMVAP uses the services of Provincial Administrators to assist consumers in scheduling
and preparing for their arbitration hearings. However, before you can proceed with
CAMVAP you must follow your Mazda dispute resolution process as outlined previously.
CAMVAP is fully implemented in all provinces and territories.
Consumers wishing to obtain further information about the Program can obtain an
information booklet from your dealer, the Provincial Administrator or the Canadian Motor
Vehicle Arbitration Plan Office at the following address or telephone number.
Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Office
235 Yorkland Boulevard, suite 300
North York, Ontario
M2J 4Y8
1 (800) 207-0685
9-4
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 5 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Customer Information
Customer Assistance
Provincial Administrators may be reached locally as listed below:
Province/Territory
British Columbia & Yukon Territories
Alberta & Northwest Territories
Saskatchewan
Manitoba
Ontario
Atlantic Canada
Quebec
CAMVAP Number
(604) 681-0312
(403) 426-0650
(306) 352-9259
(204) 942-7166
(416) 596-8824
(902) 422-5413
(418) 649-1330
▼ Regional Offices
REGIONAL OFFICES
MAZDA CANADA INC.
WESTERN REGION
8171 ACKROYD ROAD
SUITE 2000
RICHMOND B.C.
V6X 3K1
(604) 303-5670
MAZDA CANADA INC.
CENTRAL/ATLANTIC REGION
305 MILNER AVENUE
SUITE 400
SCARBOROUGH, ONTARIO
M1B 3V4
1 (800) 263-4680
MAZDA CANADA INC.
QUEBEC REGION
6111 ROUTE TRANS
CANADIENNE
POINTE CLAIRE, QUEBEC
H9R 5A5
(514) 694-6390
AREAS COVERED
ALBERTA,
BRITISH COLUMBIA,
MANITOBA,
SASKATCHEWAN,
YUKON
ONTARIO,
NEW BRUNSWICK,
NOVA SCOTIA,
PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND,
NEWFOUNDLAND
QUEBEC
9-5
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 6 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Customer Information
Customer Assistance
Customer Assistance (Puerto Rico)
Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business. That is why all Authorized
Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehicle in top
condition.
If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service of
your Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel, we recommend that you take
the following steps:
▼ STEP 1
Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer. This is the quickest and best way to
address the issue. If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS,
SALES, SERVICE, or PARTS MANAGER, then please contact the GENERAL
MANAGER of the dealership or the OWNER.
▼ STEP 2
If, after following STEP 1, you feel the need for further assistance, please contact your
area’s Mazda representative (Indicated on the next page).
Please help us by providing the following information:
1. Your name, address, and telephone number
2. Year and model of vehicle
3. Vehicle Identification Number (17 digits, noted on your registration or title or located on
the upper driver’s side corner of the dash)
4. Purchase date and current mileage
5. Your dealer’s name and location
6. Your question(s)
9-6
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 7 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Customer Information
Mazda Importer/Distributors
Importer/Distributor
Distributor in Each Area
▼ U.S.A.
▼ CANADA
Mazda North American Operations
7755 Irvine Center Drive
Irvine, CA 92618-2922 U.S.A.
P.O. Box 19734
Irvine, CA 92623-9734 U.S.A.
TEL:1 (800) 222-5500 (in U.S.A.)
(949) 727-1990 (outside U.S.A.)
Mazda Canada Inc.
305 Milner Avenue, Suite 400
Scarborough, Ontario M1B 3V4 Canada
TEL:1 (800) 263-4680 (in Canada)
(416) 609-9909 (outside Canada)
▼ PUERTO RICO
Plaza Motors Corp. (Mazda de Puerto
Rico)
P.O. Box 362722, San Juan, Puerto Rico
00936-2722
TEL: (787) 788-9300
▼ GUAM
Triple J Motors
157 South Marine Drive, Tamuning,
GUAM 96911 USA
P.O. Box 6066 Tamuning, Guam 96931
TEL: (671) 649-6555
▼ SAIPAN
Pacific International Marianas, Inc.
(d.b.a. Midway Motors)
P.O. Box 887 Saipan, MP 96950
TEL: (670) 234-7524
Triple J Saipan, Inc.
(d.b.a. Triple J Motors)
P.O. Box 500487 Saipan, MP 96950-0487
TEL: (670) 234-7133/3051
▼ AMERICAN SAMOA
Polynesia Motors, Inc.
P.O. Box 1120, Pago Pago, American
Samoa 96799
TEL: (684) 699-9347
9-7
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 8 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Customer Information
Warranty
Warranties for Your Mazda
• New Vehicle Limited Warranty
• Distributor Major Component Limited Warranty (Canada only)
• Safety Restraint System Limited Warranty
• Anti-perforation Limited Warranty
• Federal Emission Control Warranty (U.S.A. only)
• Emission Defect Warranty
• Emission Performance Warranty
• California Emission Control Warranty (U.S.A. only)
• Emission Control Warranty (Canada only)
• Replacement Parts and Accessories Limited Warranty
• Tire Warranty
NOTE
Detailed warranty information is provided with your Mazda.
9-8
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 9 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Customer Information
Warranty
Outside the United States and Canada
Government regulations in the United States and Canada require that automobiles meet
specific emission regulations and safety standards. Therefore, vehicles built for use in the
United States, its territories, and Canada may differ from those sold in other countries.
The differences may make it difficult or even impossible for your vehicle to receive
satisfactory servicing in other countries. We strongly recommend that you NOT take your
Mazda outside these areas.
You may have these problems if you do:
• Recommended fuel may be unavailable. Any kind of leaded fuel or low-octane fuel will
affect vehicle performance and damage the emission controls and engine.
• Proper repair facilities, tools, testing equipment, and replacement parts may not be
available.
The Mazda warranty applies only to Mazda vehicles registered and normally operated in
the United States, its territories, and Canada.
9-9
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 10 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Customer Information
Warranty
Registering Your Vehicle in A Foreign Country
(Except United States and Canada)
Government regulations in your country could require that automobiles meet specific
emission and safety standards.
Vehicles built for your country may differ from those built for other countries. In addition
to registration problems, satisfactory service may be difficult or even impossible in another
country.
The fuel specified for your vehicle may be unavailable.
Parts, servicing techniques, and tools necessary to maintain and repair your vehicle may be
unavailable.
There might not be an Authorized Mazda Dealer in the country you plan to take your
vehicle.
The Mazda warranty is valid only in certain countries.
9-10
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 11 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Customer Information
Warranty
Add-On Non-Genuine Parts and Accessories
Non-genuine parts and accessories for Mazda vehicles can be found in stores.
These may fit your vehicle, but they are not approved by Mazda for use with Mazda
vehicles. When you install non-genuine parts or accessories, they could affect your
vehicle’s performance or safety system; the Mazda warranty doesn’t cover this. Before you
install any non-genuine parts or accessories, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
WARNING
Installation of Non-Genuine Parts or Accessories:
Installation of non-genuine parts or accessories is dangerous. Improperly designed
parts or accessories could seriously affect your vehicle’s performance or safety system.
This could cause you to have an accident or increase your chances of injuries in an
accident. Always consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer before you install non-genuine
parts or accessories.
Add-On Electrical and Electronic Equipment:
Incorrectly choosing or installing improper add-on equipment or choosing an
improper installer is dangerous. Essential systems could damaged, causing engine
stalling, air-bag (SRS) activation, ABS inactivation, or a fire in the vehicle.
Be very careful in choosing and installing add-on electrical equipment, such as
mobile telephones, two-way radios, stereo systems, and car alarm systems.
Mazda assumes no responsibility for death, injury, or expenses that may result from the
installation of add-on non-genuine parts or accessories.
9-11
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 12 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Customer Information
Cell Phones
Cell Phones Warning
WARNING
Use of Cell Phones and Other Devices by Driver:
Although not Mazda products, use of any electrical devices such as cell phones,
computers, portable radios, vehicle navigation or other devices by the driver while the
vehicle is moving is dangerous. Dialing a number on a cell phone while driving also
ties-up the driver’s hands. Use of these devices will cause the driver to be distracted
and could lead to a serious accident. If a passenger is unable to use the device, pull off
the right-of-way to a safe area before use. If use of a cell phone is necessary despite
this warning, use a hands-free system to at least leave the hands free to drive the
vehicle. Never use a cell phone or other electrical device while the vehicle is moving
and, instead, concentrate on the full-time job of driving.
Please comply to the legal regulations concerning the use of communication
equipment in vehicles in your country.
9-12
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 13 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Customer Information
Uniform Tire Quality Grading System (UTQGS)
Uniform Tire Quality Grading System (UTQGS)
This information relates to the tire grading system developed by the U.S. National
Highway Traffic Safety Administration for grading tires by tread wear, traction, and
temperature performance.
▼ Tread Wear
The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested
under controlled conditions on a specified government test course.
For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one-and-a-half times as well on the government
course as a tire graded 100.
The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however,
and may depart significantly from the norm because of variations in driving habits, service
practices and differences in road characteristics and climate.
▼ Traction-AA, A, B, C
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C. These grades represent
the tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on
specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor
traction performance.
WARNING
The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on braking (straight ahead) traction
tests and does not include acceleration cornering (turning), hydroplaning, or peak
traction characteristics.
▼ Temperature-A, B, C
The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C, represent the tire’s resistance to the
generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions
on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel.
Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire
life, and excessive temperatures can lead to sudden tire failure.
Grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger vehicle tires must meet
under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent
higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by
law.
9-13
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 14 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Customer Information
Uniform Tire Quality Grading System (UTQGS)
WARNING
The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated
and not overloaded. Excessive speed, underinflation, or excessive loading, either
separately or in combination, can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure.
These grades will be added to the sidewalls of passenger vehicle tires over the next several
years according to a schedule established by the NHTSA and the tire manufacturers.
The grade of tires available as standard or optional equipment on Mazda vehicle may vary
with respect to grade.
ALL PASSENGER VEHICLE TIRES MUST CONFORM TO THESE GRADES AND
TO ALL OTHER FEDERAL TIRE-SAFETY REQUIREMENTS.
▼ Uniform Tire Quality Grading
Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder
and maximum section width.
For example:
Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A
UTQGS MARK (example)
TREADWEAR 200 TRACTION AA
TEMPERATURE A
9-14
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 15 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Customer Information
Reporting Safety Defects
Reporting Safety Defects
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause
injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Mazda Motor Corporation (Your Mazda
Importer/Distributor).
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a
safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign.
However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your
dealer, or Mazda Motor Corporation (Your Mazda Importer/Distributor).
To contact NHTSA, you may either call the Auto Safety Hotline toll-free at 1 (800) 4249393 (or 366-0123 in Washington, D.C. area) or write to: NHTSA, U.S. Department of
Transportation. Washington, D.C. 20590. You can also obtain other information about
motor vehicle safety from the Hotline.
NOTE
If you live in the U.S.A., all correspondence to Mazda Motor Corporation should be
forwarded to:
Mazda North American Operations
7755, Irvine Center Drive
Irvine, California 92618-2922
P.O. Box 19734
Irvine, CA 92623-9734
Customer Assistance Center or toll free at 1 (800) 222-5500
If you live outside of the U.S.A., please contact the nearest Mazda Distributor shown
(page 9-7) in this booklet.
9-15
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 16 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Customer Information
Service Publications
Service Publications
Factory-authorized Mazda service publications are available for owners who wish to do
some of their own maintenance and repair.
When requesting any of our publications through an Authorized Mazda Dealer, refer to the
chart below.
If they don’t have what you need in stock, they can order it for you.
PUBLICATION ORDER NUMBER
9999-95-038B-03
9999-95-024G-03
9999-95-029C-03 (U.S.A. only)
9999-EC-029C-03 (Canada only)
9999-PR-029C-03 (Puerto Rico only)
PUBLICATION DESCRIPTION
2003 WORKSHOP MANUAL (English)
2003 WIRING DIAGRAM (English)
2003 OWNER’S MANUAL
2003 OWNER’S MANUAL
2003 OWNER’S MANUAL
▼ WORKSHOP MANUAL:
Covers recommended maintenance and repair procedures of the drive train, body and
chassis.
▼ WIRING DIAGRAM:
Provides electrical schematics as well as component location for the entire electrical
system.
▼ OWNER’S MANUAL:
This booklet contains information regarding the proper care and operation of your vehicle.
This is not a technician’s manual.
9-16
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 1 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
10
Specifications
Technical information about your Mazda.
Identification Numbers ............................................................. 10- 2
Vehicle Information Labels ................................................... 10- 2
Specifications ............................................................................. 10- 4
Specifications ........................................................................ 10- 4
10-1
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 2 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Identification Numbers
Vehicle Information Labels
▼ Chassis Number
▼ Vehicle Identification Number
The vehicle identification number legally
identifies your vehicle. The number is on
a plate attached to the left top side of the
dashboard. This plate can easily be seen
through the windshield.
▼ Vehicle Emission Control
Information Label
▼ Motor Vehicle Safety Standard
Label
▼ Tire Pressure Label
10-2
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 3 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Identification Numbers
▼ Engine Number
Front
10-3
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 4 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Specifications
Specifications
▼ Engine
Item
Classification
DOHC-24V 60°V, 6-cylinder
89.0 × 79.5 mm (3.50 × 3.13 in)
2,967 ml (2,967 cc, 181.0 cu in)
10.0
Type
Bore × Stroke
Displacement
Compression ratio
▼ Electrical System
Item
Classification
12V-48AH/5HR MF
12V-55AH/5HR MF
12 V - 110 A
12 V - 1.4 kW
AGSF 32WM
1.32—1.42 mm (0.051—0.057 in)
Battery
Alternator
Starter
Spark-plug number
Spark-plug gap
▼ Lubricant Quality
Lubricant
Engine oil*
*
Classification
API Service
SL
ILSAC
GF-III
Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on page 8-9.
Lubricant
Automatic transaxle fluid
Power steering fluid
Brake fluid
Classification
ATF M-III or equivalent (e.g. Dexron® III)
ATF M-III or equivalent (e.g. Dexron® III)
SAE J1703, or FMVSS116 DOT-3
10-4
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 5 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Specifications
▼ Capacities
(Approximate Quantities)
Item
With oil filter replacement
Engine oil
Without oil filter replacement
With rear heater
Coolant
Without rear heater
Automatic transaxle fluid
With 4-Seasons package
Washer fluid
Without 4-Seasons package
Fuel tank
Unit
US qt
5.5
5.0
12.7
10.8
10.3
5.8
2.3
19.8 (US gal)
L
5.2
4.7
12.0
10.2
9.7
5.5
2.2
75
Imp qt
4.6
4.1
10.6
9.3
8.5
4.8
1.9
16.5 (Imp gal)
Check oil and fluid levels with dipsticks or reservoir gauges.
▼ Dimensions
Item
Overall length
Model
Without GFX Package
4,769 mm (187.8 in), 4,794 mm (188.7 in)*1
With GFX Package
4,786 mm (188.4 in), 4,810 mm (189.4 in)*1
1,830 mm (72.1 in)
Overall width
Overall height
Front tread
Rear tread
Wheelbase
1,745 mm (68.7 in), 1,755 mm (69.1 in)*2
1,540 mm (60.6 in)
1,545 mm (60.8 in)
2,840 mm (111.8 in)
*1
With license plate holder
*217 inch wheel vehicle
▼ Weights
Item
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating)
Front
Rear
GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)
Weight
2,372 kg (5,229 lb)
1,180 kg (2,601 lb)
1,214 kg (2,676 lb)
▼ Air Conditioner
Refrigerant complies with SAE J639
HFC134a (R-134a)
Maximum operating charge
Front air-conditioner
0.65 kg (22.9 oz)
Front and rear air-conditioner
0.85 kg (30.0 oz)
10-5
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 6 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Specifications
▼ Light Bulbs
Light bulb
Headlights
Front turn signal lights/Side-marker lights
Fog lights
Parking lights
Rear turn signal lights
Brake lights/Taillights
Taillights
High-mount brake light
Reverse lights
License plate lights
Overhead lights/Map lights
Overhead light
Liftgate light
Courtesy lights
Wattage
60/55
21/5
55
5
21
21/5
5
5
18
5
5
8
8
5
▼ Tires
Standard tire
Check the tire pressure label for tire size and inflation pressure. Refer to Tire Inflation
Pressure on page 8-23.
Temporary spare tire
Tire size
T135/90D15
▼ Fuses
Refer to the fuse rating on page 8-33.
10-6
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
Inflation pressure
420 kPa (60 psi)
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 1 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
11
Index
11-1
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 2 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Index
A
B
Accessory Sockets ........................... 6-51
Add-On Non-Genuine Parts and
Accessories ...................................... 9-11
Air Bag Systems .............................. 2-50
Air Filter .......................................... 8-17
Antenna ............................................ 6-14
Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) ........ 5-7
Warning light .............................. 5-7
Appearance Care .............................. 8-38
Ashtray ............................................. 6-44
Audio System ................................... 6-14
Audio control switch ................ 6-38
Audio set ................................... 6-21
Operating tips for audio
system ....................................... 6-14
Safety certification .................... 6-40
Automatic Transaxle
Driving tips ............................... 5-11
Fluid .......................................... 8-15
Overdrive .................................. 5-11
Shift-lock override .................... 5-10
Shift-lock system ...................... 5-10
Transaxle ranges ......................... 5-9
Body Lubrication .............................8-17
Bottle Holder ....................................6-47
Brake
Fluid ..........................................8-13
Brakes
Anti-lock brake system (ABS) ....5-7
Foot brake ...................................5-4
Pad wear indicator ......................5-8
Parking brake ..............................5-5
Warning light ..............................5-5
Break-In Period ..................................4-7
Bulb Replacement ............................8-27
B
Battery
Emergency starting ................... 7-17
Maintenance ............................. 8-22
Specifications ........................... 10-4
Beeps
Ignition key reminder ............... 5-31
Lights-on reminder ................... 5-31
Power sliding door buzzer ........ 5-31
Seat belt warning beep .............. 5-31
Before Starting the Engine ................. 4-6
After getting in ........................... 4-6
Before getting in ......................... 4-6
11-2
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
C
Capacities .........................................10-5
Carbon Monoxide ..............................4-5
Cargo Securing Loops ......................6-50
Catalytic Converter ............................4-3
Cell Phones ......................................9-12
Child Restraint
Child restraint precautions ........2-37
Installing child-restraint
systems ......................................2-40
LATCH child-restraint
systems ......................................2-47
Child Safety Locks for Rear
Door .................................................3-11
Cigarette Lighter ..............................6-44
Climate Control System .....................6-2
Gas specifications .....................10-5
Courtesy Lights ................................6-43
Cruise Control ..................................5-13
Cup Holder .......................................6-46
Customer Assistance ..........................9-2
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 3 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Index
D
E
Dashboard Illumination ...................5-22
Daytime Running Lights ..................5-33
Defroster
Rear window .............................5-36
Dimensions ......................................10-5
Door Locks ......................................... 3-8
Driving In Flooded Area ..................4-10
Driving Tips ....................................... 4-7
Automatic transaxle ..................5-11
Break-in period ...........................4-7
Driving in flooded area .............4-10
Hazardous driving .......................4-8
Money-saving suggestions ..........4-7
Rocking the vehicle ....................4-8
Winter driving .............................4-9
Exterior Care ....................................8-40
Eyeglass Holder ................................6-48
E
Easy Closure ....................................3-12
Emergency Starting ..........................7-17
Flooded engine ..........................7-17
Jump-starting ............................7-17
Push-starting .............................7-19
Emergency Towing ..........................7-20
Emission Control System ...................4-3
Engine
Coolant ......................................8-11
Exhaust gas ................................. 4-5
Hood release .............................3-24
Oil ............................................... 8-9
Overheating ...............................7-15
Starting ........................................5-3
Engine Compartment Overview ........8-8
Engine Coolant
Overheating ...............................7-15
Engine Coolant Temperature
Gauge ...............................................5-21
Exhaust Gas ....................................... 4-5
F
Flasher
Hazard warning .........................5-37
Headlights .................................5-32
Flat Tire ..............................................7-3
Changing .....................................7-8
Spare tire and tool storage ...........7-3
Fluids
Classification .............................10-4
Owner maintenance .....................8-6
Fog Lights ........................................5-34
Foot Brake ..........................................5-4
Front Console ...................................6-49
Front seats ..........................................2-3
Fuel
Filler lid and cap .......................3-22
Gauge ........................................5-22
Requirements ..............................4-2
Tank capacity ............................10-5
Fuses .................................................8-33
Panel description .......................8-35
Replacement ..............................8-33
G
Gauges ..............................................5-19
Glove Box ........................................6-49
11-3
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 4 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Index
H
L
Hazard Warning Flasher .................. 5-37
Hazardous Driving ............................. 4-8
Headlights
Control ...................................... 5-32
Flashing .................................... 5-32
High-low beams ........................ 5-32
On reminder .............................. 5-32
Hood Release ................................... 3-24
Horn ................................................. 5-37
Label Information ............................10-2
Lane-Change Signals .......................5-33
Liftgate .............................................3-18
Light Bulbs
Replacement ..............................8-27
Specifications ............................10-6
Lighter ..............................................6-44
Lighting Control ...............................5-32
Lubricant Quality .............................10-4
Luggage Compartment Light ...........6-43
I
M
Ignition
Keys ............................................ 3-2
Switch ......................................... 5-2
Illuminated Entry System ................ 6-41
Immobilizer System ......................... 3-27
Indicator Lights ................................ 5-23
Cruise set .................................. 5-30
Headlight high-beam ................ 5-29
O/D OFF ................................... 5-29
Security ..................................... 5-29
Shift position ............................ 5-30
TCS ........................................... 5-30
TCS OFF .................................. 5-30
Instrument Cluster ........................... 5-19
Interior Care ..................................... 8-43
Interior Lights .................................. 6-41
J
Jump-Starting ................................... 7-17
K
Keyless Entry System ........................ 3-3
Keys ................................................... 3-2
11-4
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
Maintenance
Introduction .................................8-2
Owner maintenance
precautions ..................................8-7
Owner maintenance schedule .....8-6
Scheduled ....................................8-3
Map Lights .......................................6-43
Meters and Gauges ...........................5-19
Mirrors
Outside mirrors .........................3-31
Rearview mirror ........................3-32
Money-Saving Suggestions ................4-7
O
Odometer and Trip Meter ................5-20
Outside Mirrors ................................3-31
Overhead Console ............................6-48
Overhead Lights ...............................6-42
Overheating ......................................7-15
Overloading ......................................4-11
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 5 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Index
P
S
Paint Damage ...................................8-38
Parking Brake ..................................... 5-5
Parking in an Emergency ...................7-2
Power Door Locks ...........................3-10
Power Sliding Doors ........................3-12
Power Steering .................................5-12
Fluid ..........................................8-14
Power Windows ...............................3-19
Push-Starting ....................................7-19
Seats
Flat folding ................................2-24
Front seat .....................................2-3
Second-row seats .........................2-9
Third-Row Seat .........................2-17
Second-row seats ................................2-9
Security System
Immobilizer system ...................3-27
Theft-deterrent system ..............3-29
Service Publications .........................9-16
Shopping Bag Hooks ........................6-51
Spare Tire and Tool Storage ...............7-3
Specifications ...................................10-4
Speedometer .....................................5-20
SRS Air Bags
Air bag system description ........2-54
Supplemental restraint systems
precautions ................................2-50
Warning light ............................2-59
Starting the Engine .............................5-3
Steering Wheel .................................3-31
Horn ..........................................5-37
Storage Box ......................................6-49
Storage Compartments .....................6-48
Cargo securing loops .................6-50
Eyeglass holder .........................6-48
Front console .............................6-49
Glove box ..................................6-49
Overhead console ......................6-48
Rear console ..............................6-50
Shopping bag hooks ..................6-51
Storage box ...............................6-49
Under seat tray ..........................6-49
Sunroof .............................................3-25
Sunshade ...........................................3-26
Sunvisors ..........................................6-41
R
Rear Console ....................................6-50
Rear Door Child Safety Locks .........3-11
Rear Quarter Windows ....................3-22
Rear Window Defroster ...................5-36
Rear Window Washer ......................5-36
Rear Window Wiper ........................5-36
Rearview Mirror ...............................3-32
Recreational Towing ........................7-21
Registering Your Vehicle in A
Foreign Country ...............................9-10
Rocking the Vehicle ...........................4-8
S
Safety Defects, Reporting ................9-15
Seat Belt System
2-point type ...............................2-33
3-point type ...............................2-29
Automatic locking ....................2-28
Emergency locking ...................2-27
Extender ....................................2-35
Pregnant women .......................2-27
Pretensioner and load limiting ..2-31
Seat belt precautions .................2-26
Warning beep ............................2-36
Warning light ............................2-36
11-5
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
J16L_8R21-EA-02G.book Page 6 Saturday, June 8, 2002 11:16 AM
Index
T
V
Tachometer ...................................... 5-21
Temporary Spare Tire ...................... 8-25
Theft-Deterrent System ................... 3-29
Third-row seat .................................. 2-17
Tiedown
Hook ......................................... 7-21
Tires
Flat tire ........................................ 7-3
Inflation pressure ...................... 8-23
Replacement ............................. 8-25
Rotation .................................... 8-24
Snow tires ................................... 4-9
Spare tire and tool storage .......... 7-3
Specifications ........................... 10-6
Tire chains ................................ 4-10
Uniform tire quality grading
system (UTQGS) ...................... 9-13
Tool .................................................... 7-3
Towing
Description ............................... 7-20
Emergency towing .................... 7-20
Recreational towing .................. 7-21
Trailer towing ........................... 4-12
Traction Control System (TCS) ....... 5-16
TCS indicator light ................... 5-17
TCS OFF indicator light ........... 5-17
TCS OFF switch ....................... 5-17
Trailer Towing ................................. 4-12
Trip Meter ........................................ 5-20
Turn and Lane-Change Signals ....... 5-33
Vanity Mirrors ..................................6-41
Vehicle Information Labels .............10-2
U
Under Seat Tray ............................... 6-49
11-6
Form No. 8R21-EA-02G
W
Warning Lights ................................5-23
ABS ...........................................5-27
Air bag system ..........................5-28
Brake system .............................5-25
Charging system .......................5-26
Check engine .............................5-27
Door-ajar ...................................5-29
Engine oil pressure ....................5-26
Front seat belt pretensioner
system .......................................5-28
Immobilizer system ...................5-29
Low fuel ....................................5-28
Seat belt .....................................5-28
Warranty .............................................9-8
Washer Fluid ....................................8-16
Weights ............................................10-5
Wheel Replacement .........................8-26
Windows
Power windows .........................3-19
Rear quarter windows ...............3-22
Windshield Washer ..........................5-35
Windshield Wipers ...........................5-35
Blades replacement ...................8-18
Winter Driving ...................................4-9